Log of /tags/rel-2-2-1
Directory Listing
Revision
4118 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 31 21:19:55 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
Copied from:
branches/rel-2-2-dev revision 4117
This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create tag 'rel-2-2-1'.
Revision
4116 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 31 20:48:19 2006 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
backport (jj): Fixed bug for selecting problems from the ProblemLibrary
database. Problems which have no associated textbook were mucking
things up, even if no textbook was selected.
Revision
4110 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 25 20:42:54 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
backport (sh002i): improvements to URL handling.
* use use_abs_url option of systemLink to generate URLs, rather than
hardcoding logic.
* don't generate a full URL for the return to your work link. it isn't
needed.
* in the "This feedback message was automatically generated by the
WeBWorK system at" message, give the URL to the webwork home module,
rather than just the host and port.
Revision
4109 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 25 20:37:14 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
backport (sh002i): added use_abs_url option to systemLink: If set to a
true value, the scheme, host, and port are prepended to the URL. This is
useful for links which must be usable on their own, such as those sent
via email.
Revision
4095 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 23 16:56:23 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
backport (apizer): Added an email link so that one can easily email
student(s) after e.g. giving then an extension.
Revision
4094 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 23 16:48:14 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
backport (gage): Fixed minor problem where a field might not be defined
(in addition to being empty) == now we check for defined, then check for
non-empty.
Revision
4093 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 23 11:51:55 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Fixed a problem where a pick screen error was produced if a student
entered a vector-valued formula rather than a constant vector when
parallel answers are being checked and the student used the Preview
button to submit the answer.
Revision
4070 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 16 00:26:24 2006 UTC (7 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Fix jsMath formulas in the answer preview area when the student's
answer includes < or > (make sure they don't look like tags).
Revision
4061 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 25 17:05:27 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
pass relative paths to Problem in sourceFilePath (see bug #1016)
Revision
4060 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 24 16:00:28 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
backport: accidentally used $self->ce rather than $self->r->ce in revert_handler
Revision
4057 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Apr 18 23:27:32 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
SECURITY: prevent reading/saving files outside of templates directory.
Revision
4056 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 17 21:35:35 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
backport (dpvc): Fixed a bug that caused can error when a Complex1
object was passed to the answer checker (rather than a string that needs
to be parsed).
Revision
4055 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 17 21:33:17 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
backport (dpvc): A change to the way lists are processed in
AnswerChecker.pm in December (v1.75) requires that implicitList => 0 be
added to the defaults for variable_cmp().
Revision
4054 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 17 21:31:47 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
backport (dpvc): Fixed getFlag so that it sodesn't accidentally create
the {context} field of an object that doesn't already have one (Perl
will create hashes that don't already exist if you reference them).
This was causing problems with the ans_array processing
Revision
4053 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 17 21:27:45 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
backport (dpvc): When a file is uploaded and there is an error opening
the destination file, the error message now includes the system error
report and the file is no longer printed (causing a WeBWorK error).
Revision
4052 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Apr 17 21:18:58 2006 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
backport: Resolve bug #994 ("Try it" yields: sourceFilePath is unsafe!)
SetMaker uses a relative path for sourceFilePath, which is nice, but
which path_is_subdir didn't account for. Added thrid argument,
$allow_relative, to that utility which causes $dir to be prepended to
$path. Modified Problem.pm to trigger this behavior.
Revision
4040 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 21 19:47:06 2006 UTC (7 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
from HEAD: "Change check for zero from fuzzy check to strict check (when
the problem used absolute tolerances, in particular, this can cause big
problems)." (from dpvc)
Revision
4039 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 21 19:43:25 2006 UTC (7 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
from HEAD: "Fixed a problem were the no-font message wasn't being
disabled properly (due to changes in the CSS names used by jsMath)"
(from dpvc)
Revision
4037 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 21 19:25:54 2006 UTC (7 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
from HEAD: "Fixed Bug 988. Use sortByName instead of sort to sort the
keys in the %answerHash" and "missed one line" (from apizer)
Revision
4036 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 21 19:22:51 2006 UTC (7 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
from HEAD: Clean up verifyProctor() in Authen.pm, improve proctor
authorization logging. (from glarose)
Revision
4035 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 21 19:19:38 2006 UTC (7 years, 2 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
backport from HEAD: Update gateway template to clarify time warnings.
(originally from glarose)
Revision
4034 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 21 14:13:22 2006 UTC (7 years, 2 months ago) by
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'rel-2-2-dev'.
Revision
4020 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Feb 10 01:08:46 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
move [edit] link for Course/Set Info to top, resolving bug #978.
Revision
4017 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 7 23:08:20 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Back-port to 2.2-dev (Work around bug in Firefox 1.5.0.1 that causes
it to crash when jsMath is loaded).
Revision
4014 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 7 21:02:00 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
security checks for sourceFilePath -- fixes bug #970.
* Utils.pm: add path_is_subdir
* Problem.pm: use path_is_subdir to check sourceFilePath
fix logic on when to use sourceFilePath
* ProblemSet.pm: use path_is_subdir to check sourceFilePath
add permissions check around sourceFilePath handler
* ProblemSets.pm: use path_is_subdir to check sourceFilePath
* GatewayQuiz.pm: remove code to preserve editMode/sourceFilePath (not used)
Revision
4013 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 7 19:23:25 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
backport from MAIN: (Modify putUserProblem call to allow for versioned
sets.)
Revision
4005 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 2 23:44:13 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
change underscores to spaces in siblings list, add tooltop for
overflowing siblings.
Revision
4004 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 2 23:43:06 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
provisionally cut off overflowing text and reduce font sizes in menus.
Revision
4000 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 2 22:18:25 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
removed grey box around problem text because MSIE is awful. This fixes
the grey-box problem mentioned in bug #945.
Revision
3998 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Feb 1 03:57:29 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Moved snippet of ContentGenerator.pm that checked to see if the "report bugs" link could be showed inside
the clause that requires the authentication to have been verified.
This fixes bug #960
.
Revision
3996 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Feb 1 00:23:47 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Use File::Path::mkpath to create the hardcopy directory. mkpath()
functions like ``mkdir -p'' in that it will create multiple directory
elements if needed. Closes bug #950.
Use the standard File::Temp::tempdir function instead of
makeTempDirectory() to create the actual working directory.
Add spaces after the "[edit]" links when PG errors are reported.
Revision
3995 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 31 19:05:03 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
backport from MAIN: (When checking for division by zero, don't do fuzzy
check.)
Revision
3994 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 31 18:44:00 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
backport from MAIN: (Fix bug related to $mail{feedbackRecipients} being
set in web configuration (reported on wwdevel. I don't think this has a
bug number.)
(actually, this does have a bug number -- it's bug #961)
Revision
3989 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 28 04:33:09 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'rel-2-2-dev'.
Revision
3986 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 27 18:18:41 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
add GD and Net::SMTP, used by PG, and remove silly test module.
Revision
3984 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 27 17:52:51 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Updated modules/executables list, cleaned up output.
Output now specifies that $PATH is being searched for executables, and
lists the contents of $PATH. Same with @INC. It's a little easier to
tell if a module/executable has not been found: The "found" lines are
prefixed by some space, which makes the not found '**' prefix stand out.
When a module fails to load, but it's not because it wasn't found, the
error message is given.
Revision
3974 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 26 21:43:22 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
make addCourse, deleteCourse more robust.
- pre-check permissions before trying to mkdir/rmtree
- treat creation errors on directories other than the root as warnings
- treat deletion errors on all directories as warnings
- treat sql_single "drop table" errors as warnings
- supress DBI's error reporting for command-line addcourse/delcourse
Revision
3972 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 25 23:12:05 2006 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
update copyright date range -- 2000-2006. this is probably overkill,
since there are some files that were created after 2000 and some files
that were last modified before 2006.
Revision
3964 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 24 23:34:01 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
re-add $courseDirs{DATA}, since it is still potentially useful.
Revision
3962 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 24 23:26:30 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
make webwork code output siblings div/h2 code, rather than template.
this allows for the siblings box to be named according to its contents.
Revision
3948 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 23 21:20:34 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
fix width issues with info box.
restrict width of info box to exactly 40% of the page width. we can't
use "max-width" because MSIE doesn't support it.
set "overflow:auto" to enable scroll bars when the content can't be
wrapped to 40%. this is a little nicer than the contents running over
the border of the box, but MSIE makes bad choices about how to size the
box so as to avoid unnecessary scroll bars. (it sizes the element first
and then adds scroll bars, so it adding a horizontal scroll makes the
content area smaller than the content, necessitating a vertical scroll
bar as well. pretty annoying.)
Tested this in WinIE, Firefox, and Safari.
Revision
3944 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 22 03:07:45 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
use darker foreground colors instead of bright background color for
message classes for now.
Revision
3938 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 22 02:51:54 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Don't output DIV tag in info() unless there's something to display.
Revision
3936 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 22 02:41:21 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Don't output DIV tag in info() unless there's something to display.
Revision
3934 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 21 13:26:28 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Update to version 3.1b (fix some font issues with the fallback mode).
Revision
3932 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 20 04:15:58 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Fixed error in variable names that was breaking the code in HEAD.
Revision
3923 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 20 00:09:39 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
partial clean up rendering of the info box. it will now not show up
unless it has content, and the headings will be rendered more nicely.
Revision
3919 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 19 01:09:00 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
lots of formatting/indentation fixes, also fix issue with text
decoration in masthead.
Revision
3917 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 19 01:03:17 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
housekeeping.
added copyright notices.
UTF-8 => utf-8.
removed byte-order marker added by bbedit.
removed commented-out elements.
Revision
3916 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 17 02:22:02 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Backport from HEAD. (Fixes error incorrect error message when
formula-valued matrices are created.)
Revision
3910 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 13 21:10:49 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
LICENSE/README for 2.2-pre1.
updated version number to 2.2-pre1
updated copyright date range to 2000-2006.
updated README text to PGLanguageRelease2pt2pre1
Revision
3908 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 11 23:56:45 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Removed a debugging message (hope Mike doesn't still need this. :-)
Revision
3906 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 11 23:07:16 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Removed commented-out messages that where changed to use the
shortPath() function (I had left them in to make it easier to merge
with new versions using CVS, but they need not be kept now that the
changes have been included in the official version).
Revision
3904 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 11 22:58:36 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Remove unneeded DPVC comments (they were in the version I sent to Mike
because I usually mark the changes I make that I'm not expecting to
commit).
Revision
3899 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 10 03:40:41 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'rel-2-2-dev'.
Revision
3895 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 10 00:18:03 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Backporting jj's fix for bug #944.
if the user includes "following files" in a multiple selection
it shows up here as "" which causes the importing to die
so, we select on filenames containing non-whitespace
Originally fixed in HEAD revision 1.88
Back-ported to rel-2-2-dev without modification in this revision.
Revision
3893 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 10 00:07:11 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Resolves bug #942, in which a missing permission level field causes a
warning:
This is in fact due to UserList assuming that $record{permission} is
defined when it is allowed to be undefined (as per the format of
classlist files).
I added a case that sets is to $default_permission_level if it is not
defined.
Revision
3891 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 9 23:53:39 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
I've modified the renameCourse code to simply issue a warning when a
course directory (other than the course root dir) is not movable. I've
also added error checking for some of the more common reasons for
directories to not be movable, so that the warning message is more
informative.
Resolves bug #943.
Revision
3887 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 8 18:06:03 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Changes that allow viewing of set_header files and course_info files during the editing process.
Basically the technique for finding the source file is redirected to the temporary files.
Revision
3886 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 8 18:05:48 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Changes that allow viewing of set_header files and course_info files during the editing process.
Basically the technique for finding the source file is redirected to the temporary files.
Revision
3882 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 8 01:19:33 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Added many changes that address the weakness reported in bug report #936
This file has had significant testing but it still needs a workout.
Revision
3879 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 7 02:08:53 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
Original Path:
branches/rel-2-2-dev
Copied from:
trunk revision 3874
This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'rel-2-2-dev'.
Revision
3874 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 6 17:48:17 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway bugfix: correct (or work around) missing score/values.
Revision
3873 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jan 2 23:24:48 2006 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: don't display gateway sets in siblings sidebar of
ProblemSet list for all users, regardless of permissions. This may
or may not be the desired behavior. I like it because it forces
the user to go to a test from the ProblemSets page where we rewrite
the link with the more intuitive (but longer) text "Take new [test
name] test".
Revision
3872 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 31 16:31:48 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to supply a code reference (rather than a Value object)
for the typeMatch and extra fields for the List answer checker (and
the String answer checker). This makes these more useful in
overriding the match for specific problems that want better error
messages, for example.
Revision
3871 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 31 16:29:29 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Avoid error when a CODE reference is checked to see if it is a Value object.
Revision
3870 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 31 15:00:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to specify variables that are part of the union/list
rather than requiring just constants. E.g.,
interval_cmp("(1,a),(2a-1,a)",unions=>'no',var=>'a');
or
interval_cmp("(x,y),(2x,3y)",unions=>'no',vars=>['x','y']);
Revision
3869 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 31 14:57:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a new flag that controls how a list with a single entry that is
a list is handled. In the past, the student could not specify such an
item, but now the default is to form a list with a single entry that
is a list, provided the student has used parens explicitly around his
list. So "1,2" will be a list with two items and "(1,2)" will be a
list with one item (a list). This improves the ability to use the
list checker for lists of arbitrary pairs (like "(1,max)") especially
when you want to check for lists of these (e.g., "(1,max),(2,min)"),
since otherwise a single pair "(1,max)" entered by the student would
become the list "1,max" rather than the list containing the single
pair.
If you really want "(1,max)" to become the list "1,max", use
List("1,max")->cmp(implicitList=>0);
to prevent single lists from forming a list of a single item.
Revision
3868 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 31 02:42:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Now that the Parser allows multi-letter variable names, there is no
need to handle C0 specially.
Revision
3867 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 31 02:41:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Now that the parser accepts multi-character variables, there is no
need for the special treatment of dx. Also, allow the context to
specify the default variable to use, and if not available, take the
LAST varaible alphabetically, not the first. (x is more likely to be
last, and the author might have added dx as a variable so that it will
not cause an error if used in other answers in the problem, for
example.)
Revision
3866 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 31 01:39:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow multi-letter variable names and names like x1, x2, etc.
Revision
3865 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 30 20:45:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Put the phrase "Click the icon for page and item specific help" at the
top since in most cases this is what people will want. If it's not there
people may give up before they get to it at the bottom of the page. Also
delete "(if it is available)" since it gives no useful information.
Arnie
Revision
3864 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 30 19:06:34 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
No longer needed.
Revision
3863 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 29 01:40:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error in POST url which caused user and key to become multiply defined.
This may also cure some other anomolies such as the can't call method "psvn" without a package or object error
because that error sometimes included a reference to the key. ??? Not sure about this part, but it definitely
causes the multiple user and key definition.
Revision
3862 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 28 02:34:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
three more help files
Revision
3861 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 27 00:35:03 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed theme item in the Constants.pm file.
Revision
3860 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 27 00:34:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added popuplist widget to Config.pm. Modified Constants.pm to
allow choice of theme from a pop up menu.
Revision
3859 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 26 23:53:13 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Turn off debugging.
Allow the theme to be edited for each course. (This is slightly dangerous
since a misspelling of the theme could cause troubles.)
It would be helpful to have a pop-up menu widget for Config.pm -- similar to
the boolean or permission pop ups, but where the values
can be specified.
Revision
3858 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 26 22:06:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modifications which replace SetsAssignedToUsers.pm by UserDetail.pm
Added instructor help link to the links in the left margin.
There is no specific student help link.
Added some more configuration variables to Constants.pm
Revision
3857 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 26 22:04:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This file replaces the SetsAssignedToUser.pm module. It allows you to
change the dates on several homework sets for a single student from one page.
This is a common activity, particularly when adding students, and is now a
much faster procedure.
Revision
3856 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 26 22:02:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
The major change is to replace Sets assigned to user by UserDetail.pm. (Originally
written by Rob Van Dam and completed by Mike Gage.) It has undergone a significant
amount of testing, but has not yet been used in a course. We can back out of
these changes before creating a release if problems are found.
Revision
3855 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 26 21:59:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Improvements to the help displayed for each page.
Revision
3854 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 18:51:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: correct handling of gateway data input from def file.
Revision
3853 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 18:50:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: correct handling of gateway data when editing sets.
Revision
3852 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 18:50:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: fix typo.
Revision
3851 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 18:49:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: revise display of versioned and non-versioned sets. Now
all regular sets are sorted to the top of the list, with gateway tests
at the bottom. Use view_proctored_tests parameter to decide if proctored
tests should be hidden. Now uses new listUserSets and listUserSetVersions
routines from DB.
Revision
3850 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 18:48:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: reflect use of listUserSets to list non-versioned sets
Revision
3849 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 18:47:20 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: use listUserSets and listUserSetVersions to show grades
for all sets.
Revision
3848 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 18:46:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update:
- correct error check in deleteUserSet to allow deletion of set versions
- change countUserSets to only count non-versioned sets
- add countUserSetVersions to count versioned sets
- change listUserSets to not list versioned sets
- add listUserSetVersions to list versioned sets
These should resolve bug #894.
Revision
3847 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 18:43:33 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: restore runtimer() to gateway.template (though for some
reason it no longer likes the onload() handler in the body tag?). add
nocache headers to try and avoid pernicious use of the back button.
correct javascript timer to avoid negative times.
Revision
3846 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 18:41:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: change $gatewayGracePeriod
Revision
3845 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 05:26:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
i've been playing with a docbook version of the installation manual.
converting the twiki installation manual is too time-consuming for it to
be ready for 2.1.4, so this can just sit here until 2.1.5 or later.
Revision
3844 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 22 02:42:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed some problems with alignment in Firefox 1.5 (will be part of 3.1
release, but that is being held up for the moment).
Revision
3843 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 21 23:24:43 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: deal with missing problem groups in gateway tests slightly
more gracefully.
Revision
3842 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 21 23:23:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: fix a number of quiet bugs
- deal with sets having no problems
- add grace period read from conf file when determining test time expiration
- retain consistent current time throughout processing
- improved messages for tests running over time
- add score and time messages to finished sets
- save version_last_attempt_time for submitted sets that run over time
Revision
3841 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 21 23:21:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: add a gateway.css style file for gateway styles
Revision
3840 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 21 23:20:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: add gateway.css stylesheet to gateway template
Revision
3839 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 21 23:19:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Gateway update: add view_proctored_tests permission level and
gateway_grace_period parameter to global.conf. view_proctored_tests
will be used to determine if proctored tests by default appear in
a students' problem_set_list. gateway_grace_period is the time
after the actual time limit for the set that we will still grade
it.
Revision
3838 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 21 18:10:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't need this anymore
Revision
3837 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 19 20:18:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make links() work better with new template, emit "courses" link even
when not logged in.
Revision
3836 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 19 20:18:28 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make siblings() work better with new template
Revision
3835 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 19 03:42:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed cruft
Revision
3834 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 19 03:42:05 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
graceful failure if needed data is not supplied
Revision
3833 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 19 03:41:29 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
create $authz and $authen regardless of whether we have a courseID
Revision
3832 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 19 03:41:10 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use new theme/template arrangment
Revision
3831 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 19 03:40:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
instead of a template hash, we give the default theme name and default
template name.
Revision
3830 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 19 03:37:33 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
moved template files into theme directories
Revision
3829 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 19 00:13:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added math-based template hack on it and figure out how it sucks.
Revision
3828 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Dec 18 22:38:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
get rid of submiterror escape
Revision
3827 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Dec 18 22:37:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
get rid of submitError usage
Revision
3826 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Dec 18 22:00:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
change it back
Revision
3825 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Dec 18 21:44:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
test fix of copyright symbol
Revision
3823 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 16 23:13:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't write globalUserID to course.conf file.
Revision
3822 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 16 23:03:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
disable gdbm and sql database layouts, remove unneeded config options.
this is the first step in removing support for these deprecated database
layouts.
Revision
3821 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 16 21:58:14 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove global_user from classlists (gdbm is dead)
Revision
3820 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 16 18:41:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added more permission levels for the course configuration module.
Revision
3819 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 16 18:29:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to version 3.0 of jsMath (see the jsMath web site for details
of the changes in this version).
Also updated the jsMath-ww.js bootstrap code to use the window onLoad
handler to do one call to jsMath at the end rather than lots of calls
for pages that show multiple problems (like the library browser).
Revision
3818 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 16 18:19:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the permission setting for whether or not hardcopy can show correct answers before the answer date. The old value was really for the "Show Past Answers" button, not for being able to see correct answers early.
Revision
3817 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 16 17:59:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
No longer used by jsMath.
Revision
3816 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 15 19:42:28 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
accept display of edited problems even if they are from a gateway test,
but only if we have permission. fixed bug #868.
Revision
3815 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 15 19:11:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
refactored copy-and-pasted code
Revision
3814 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 14 17:47:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Really fix fun_cmp equivalence warning message.
We show the equivalence message when: we're not in preview mode AND the
answers are equivalent AND the answers are not identical. We DON'T CARE
whether the answers are correct or not, because that leaks information
in multipart questions when $showPartialCorrectAnswers is off.
Both the Parser-version (FUNCTION_CMP) and the non-Parser-version
(ORIGINAL_FUNCTION_CMP) behave as descibed above now.
And this time we test *before* we commit...
Revision
3813 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 14 16:42:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removed unneeded spacing. The spacing problem has been
fixed by aligning the login status information to the right.
That's a better fix than the non-breaking spaces.
Revision
3812 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 14 00:51:23 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
parser version was ok, bug #752 fixed in non-parser version.
Revision
3811 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 14 00:16:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removed a link for creating a blank problem that is not yet fully supported.
Commented out cheerful green goodmessages announcing which subroutine handler of the PGProblemEditor
was being executed. They seem to have fulfilled their role and are no longer needed. :-)
-- Mike
Revision
3810 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 13 19:33:33 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove dummy checkboxes for the time being, sort of closing bug #805.
Revision
3809 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 13 18:28:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use Parser-based num_cmp and fun_cmp by default.
Revision
3808 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 13 18:23:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
give answer is equivalent message regardless of correctness.
fixes bug #752.
Revision
3807 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 13 18:18:34 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
push loginstatus over to the right
Revision
3806 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 12 22:24:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added some notes at the bottom.
Revision
3805 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 12 21:30:33 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed divide-by-zero error when calculating index.
Revision
3804 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Dec 11 01:33:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Put a little space between the bread crumb path and the login status information.
Revision
3803 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 9 15:51:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
note the "force renumber" is always enabled when problems are being
reordered.
Revision
3802 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 8 19:16:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Allow reordering to succeed even if some UserProblems are missing.
Addresses bug #878.
By the way, I found the reordering code really hard to read, so I added
a lot of comments and replaced multidimensional array accesses with a
shorter form. ($sortme[$j][0] rather than $sortme[$j]->[0].) I'd like to
maybe rewrite this code sometime to eliminate some indirection and make
things clearer.
There are two substantive changes:
(1) When a UserProblem has to get reordered, we only reorder it if a
UserProblem record actually exists. If it doesn't exist, we figure out
where it would have moved to, and delete that problem instead.
(2) When moving a UserProblem, the target location either contains or
doesn't contain a record. Previously, the code checked whether a
GlobalProblem existed in this location, assuming that if a global
problem existed the corresponding UserProblem would as well. Now, it
checks whether a UserProblem exists, which allows for missing
UserProblem records.
Lingering questions:
(1) When multiple problems are assigned the same number, this results in
the last one ending up first in the new ordering. I think it would be
more natural for the first one to end up first. This would be an easy
fix.
(2) $force always gets set if reordering needs to be done, so we aren't
able to delete a problem, reorder some other problems, and end up with a
hole where where the deleted problem was. We can either fix this by
mentioning this next to the force checkbox, or change it so that
particular holes (i.e. those left by deleted problems) are allowed when
reordering.
Revision
3801 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 8 18:10:22 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
quick hack to prevent path text and loginstatus text from overlapping.
Revision
3800 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 7 16:13:48 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Prevent error message when num_cmp specifies the same string more than
once (e.g., upper and lower case versions of the same thing).
Revision
3799 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 6 21:11:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
remove specific login error mesasges -- log to login.log instead. some
messages leaked information. (i.e. "user not found" versus "incorrect
password".)
Revision
3798 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 6 19:56:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed warnings in &nav and &options when set is not asssigned.
Revision
3797 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 6 19:55:42 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed useless debugging statement
Revision
3796 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 6 02:31:34 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Allow the admin course to be hidden by the hide_directort technique
Revision
3795 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 5 19:43:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add permission for viewing problem debugging info.
Revision
3794 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 5 17:58:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
comment cleanup -- ignore
Revision
3793 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 5 17:50:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added proper phrase quoting to rfc822_mailbox -- fixes bug #875.
Revision
3792 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 5 16:09:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected error message when mailing to an address is not allowed. This
used to refer to the courseWeBWorK.ph file, which is WW1-specific. It
now mentions global.conf and course.conf.
Revision
3791 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 3 21:24:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo in instructor links for problem.
Revision
3790 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 3 21:18:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modifying messages given when editing set detail.
Also changed the way blank problems are handled in editor.
You can save as or save a copy as
Revision
3789 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 3 21:17:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modifying messages given when editing set detail.
Revision
3788 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 2 23:35:15 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
1-liner adding course hiding support. place a file named
"hidden_directory" in a course directory and it will not show up in the
courses list on the WeBWorK home page. it will still appear in the
CourseAdmin module. The file can be added/removed via UNIX access or by
using the FileManager module.
Revision
3787 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 2 18:37:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This fixes bug #919 -- the "update user-sets" line remained
commented out. I'm amazed this bug lasted as long as it did before
it caused trouble.
-- Mike
Revision
3786 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 1 20:35:49 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
3785 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 1 20:34:49 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
3784 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 1 20:21:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
3783 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 1 19:48:05 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
SystemAuth=no
Revision
3782 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 1 13:17:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem with not including parentheses when a negative number
is the base of a power. (And in general, when a negative is used as an
operand of a higher-precendence operation, but it really only affected
powers.)
Revision
3781 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 29 21:25:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Add underscores to the anonymous unique identifier for
questionnaires in WW 2 by using
${setNumber}_${courseName}_$psvnNumber
Revision
3780 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 28 20:49:57 2005 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
reinstated "report bugs" item in links()
Revision
3779 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 22 01:44:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modifications that set problems with path .../Library/setFoo/problemBar to reference the "Library" component in
bugzilla.
Also the problemSeed is added to the url sent to bugzilla e.g.
/webwork/shared-courses/gage_course_single_sql/templates/rochesterLibrary/setMAAtutorial/simplemultiplechoiceexample.pg_with_problemSeed=4655
this means that you can't click on the link, but it automatically includes a seed which might be helpful.
It is not guaranteed that this the seed that caused problems -- that depends on how the
bug is submitted -- but it is often the case that this seed caused the problem.
-- Mike
Revision
3778 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 22 01:42:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed a couple of bugs in the previous commit:
* links() preserves displayMode/showOldAnswers properly (bug #896)
* loginstatus() fixes formatting
* ur.template fixes a typo
Revision
3777 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 21 21:47:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
reorganization and small changes for recent modifications to links().
split into two parts:
* ur.template classes: These classes appear in ur.template and are NOT
emitted by WeBWorK code. They need only appear in this template.
* WeBWorK classes: These classes are emitted by WeBWorK code and should
appear in ANY WeBWorK template.
moved "minimal list style" to "div.Links ul" and "div.Links ul ul".
div.Links is a ur.template class, and the proper place for styling the
link menu lists is in ur.template. Consequently, any UL in a Links div
gets styled this way, not just ULs of class LinksMenu. (In fact, class
LinksMenu no longer exists.)
Revision
3776 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 21 21:41:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changes to links subroutine:
* sublists are now within list items, as required by html spec
* use &makeLinks helper to generate links (makes the code easier to read)
* hilite the "active" link item with a strong tag and the "active" class
* change the way displayMode and showOldAnswers are preserved, and
preserve them in all the links. (see comments in code)
changes to help subroutine:
* add alt-text for help icon (" ? ") to conform to html spec
As of now, all the code generated by template functions in this file is
XHTML 1.0 Transitional compliant. The same cannot be said for the code
generated by other content generators or PG.
Revision
3775 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 21 21:24:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
change "die" to "croak" in a couple of places to make error messages
more useful.
Revision
3774 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 21 21:23:10 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't check "if loggedin" before calling loginstatus. loginstatus now
says "not logged in" when the user is not logged in.
Revision
3773 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 21 21:20:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix doctype, remove duplicate "message" escape.
Revision
3772 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 21 21:06:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't need this any more -- wwsh now uses the perl debugger instead.
Revision
3771 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 21 21:05:34 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use the perl debugger for a shell instead of PSH. this gets us a
readline (or readline-like?) editing environment, which is much nicer to
work with.
Revision
3770 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 21 17:33:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
utility script to create tarballs of problem libraries.
Revision
3769 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 21 13:13:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem with formatStudentAnswer not being defined in the
special context created for this answer checker.
Revision
3768 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Nov 18 18:30:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
give the style used for the attempt results summary a structural name
(attemptResultsSummary) rather than a sort-of-stylistic name (emphasis).
Revision
3767 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Nov 18 18:13:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Use optionsMacro for options like we do in Problem.pm. This reduces the
amount of (but doesn't eliminate) duplicated code between Problem and
GatewayQuiz.
Revision
3766 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Nov 18 15:49:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Make notification message more explicit.
Revision
3765 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 17 22:57:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle the new global.conf setting for jsMath's processDoubleClicks option.
Revision
3764 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 17 22:56:23 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated jsMath to version 2.4a. This fixes a number of alignment
problems. Most of these are for math in tables, and baseline
alignment issues in MSIE. A new feature is the ability to
double-click on a mathematical expression on get a small window witht
eh TeX source code for the expression. This can be disabled by
setting
$pg{displayModeOptions}{jsMath}{processDoubleClicks} = 0;
in gloabl.conf.
[jsMath v2.4a also includes a number of new features for the tex2math
plugin, but this is not used by WeBWorK, so they will not be listed
here. See the jsMath home page for more details.]
Revision
3763 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 17 13:21:43 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Give better error messages when the entries in Points, Vectors and
Matrices are not of the right type.
Revision
3762 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 17 13:20:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Adjusted the parentheses slightly so that matrices will only be formed
in Matrix context, not Point or Vector context (this produced
confusing messages for students in some circumstances where they didn't
balence their parentheses correctly).
Revision
3761 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 16 22:04:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
also get rid of fixed height for siblings list :-P
Revision
3760 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 16 22:03:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
back out of overflow:auto feature since it makes mozilla unhappy
sometimes.
Revision
3759 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 12 01:31:10 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Roll back my changes. Use Davide's method of detecting the preview Button
Revision
3758 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 12 00:58:57 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Check to see if $inputs_ref->{previewAnswers} is defined. If it is then
the preview button has been pressed. In this case emit a warning if
the answer has been given previously regardless of whether the answer is
correct or incorrect. The warning message indicates that the previous
matching answer might have been either a preview or a submitted answer.
Let's see how this works.
Revision
3757 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 12 00:50:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Take care of the issue where Preview could be used to gather
information about whether an answer is correct by using the "this
answer is the same as the previous one" message. Now if Preview is
used, the warning is given whether the answer is right or not.
(Maybe it is not necessary to check for correct at all, since that was
there to prevent the message from being issued when there are multiple
answer blanks and the student is working on other ones. But the exact
match check will take care of those. Should the message be issued if
the student changes a correct answer to an equivalent one?)
Revision
3756 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 12 00:34:33 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated a comment to make it more accurate.
Revision
3755 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 12 00:31:22 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make had the right idea, but used the wrong context (or what might be
the wrong context in some circumstances).
Revision
3754 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 12 00:30:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Roll back Mike's change, since this can cause unwanted error messages
in list comparisons and other situations where the equality check
could compare different types of objects (for example) or where the
comparison could legitimately fail. We only want to report errors
here when the user-supplied checker code fails.
This change would cause errors to be reported, for example, when the
user (incorrectly) entered a vector one time and then a formula
(correctly) the next time. When the previous answer is checked against
the current one, this change would report an error rather than
silently ignoring the error, as it should.
Revision
3753 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 12 00:13:03 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changes to code checking whether the previous answer is equivalent to the current answer.
In this module additional code was answer to check for errors in the overloaded ==
in case the two Values can't be compared.
In PGanswermacros.pl the filter which handles "parse_previous_answer"
was modified to make sure the context is the same in the previous answer and the current answer.
Revision
3752 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 12 00:12:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changes to code checking whether the previous answer is equivalent to the current answer.
In this module additional code was answer to check for errors in the overloaded ==
in case the two Values can't be compared.
In PGanswermacros.pl the filter which handles "parse_previous_answer"
was modified to make sure the context is the same in the previous answer and the current answer.
Revision
3751 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 10 16:12:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Create the [HTML_TMP]/hardcopy directory if it doesn't exist. This is something of
a hack done in Hardcopy.pm at the moment. I think this should be moved over
to makeTempDirectory in Utils, but that would require more checking than I can
do right at the moment.
-- Mike
Revision
3750 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 8 20:47:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this commit fixes quite possible the stupidest thing i've ever done.
wondering where messages like this
$GlobalSets[1] (ID Sec9.2ParametricEq) not defined -- skipping
at /ww/webwork/webwork2/lib/WeBWorK/ContentGenerator/Hardcopy.pm
line 286.
were coming from?
the answer is:
$GlobalSets[1] = undef;
which is a line i put in there for testing and never removed. i am very
sorry. :-(
Revision
3749 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 8 20:24:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix error message for undefined global sets to print array index instead
of "$i".
Revision
3748 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:30:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't override loginstatus/links (they can handle not being logged in
now). also, stop using CGI::Pretty.
Revision
3747 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:30:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't override loginstatus/links (they can handle not being logged in
now)
Revision
3746 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:29:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
clear Authen.pm's verify cache upon logout, don't overload if_loggedin()
or links() anymore.
Revision
3745 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:28:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
allow links() and loginstatus() to operate properly even if no user is
logged in. uses new method was_verified() in Authen.pm. also, stop using
CGI::Pretty, for speed and download size.
Revision
3744 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:21:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
stop using CGI::Pretty, for speed and output size.
Revision
3743 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:18:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
store authenticator in $r.
Revision
3742 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:18:13 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add slot for WeBWorK::Authen object. we can use it for checking login
status.
Revision
3741 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:17:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add caching of verify() result, reorganize file, add docs.
Revision
3740 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:16:42 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
updated "test" template for debugging. all current template escapes are
now represented, and their output is surrounded by visible DIVs. much
more useful now. ;)
Revision
3739 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 7 21:15:20 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
slight tweak to stylesheet to correct placement of loginstatus message
regardless of whether it uses a <DIV> or a <SPAN>.
Revision
3738 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 3 04:18:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed code to filter out undefined sets, improved error reporting when
that happens.
Revision
3737 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 2 18:58:15 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed unmaintained templates
Revision
3736 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 1 01:51:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added rudimentary link to report problems directly. It does this by constructing a link
to the bugzilla CGI that includes information on the file name of the problem and the library
in which the problem is stored. This is probably still pretty fragile. A separate
module could be constructed to more intelligently report bugs.
-- Mike
Revision
3735 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 31 21:19:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Create an anonymous unique identifier for
questionnaires in WW 2 by using
$setNumber$courseName$psvnNumber in place of
$psvnNumber.
Revision
3734 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 26 16:46:04 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
cleaned up error reporting for status methods. if arguments are not
defined and non-empty, a warning is given (using "carp") and an
undefined value is returned.
Revision
3733 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 26 16:40:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
possible fix for problem when status_abbrev_has_behavior is used with an
abbrev that doesn't map to any status.
Revision
3732 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 26 16:31:33 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
more debugging
Revision
3731 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 26 16:24:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
typos...whoops...
Revision
3730 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 26 16:24:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
made code for filtering guest users a little more clear.
Revision
3729 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 26 16:21:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changed erorrs to warnings for the time being.
Revision
3728 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 26 16:18:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
only check status behaviors for guest users that have a defined status.
apparently, status can still sometimes be empty.
Revision
3727 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 26 15:51:15 2005 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added error checking to ensure that arguments to status lookup methods
are defined.
Revision
3726 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 25 20:34:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug #870 so that setHeaders can be viewed and edited.
Revision
3725 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 22 04:30:03 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to jsMath v2.3b. See the jsMath website for the change log
for this version.
Revision
3724 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 20 19:40:43 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an error where files of type 'source_path_for_problem_file' were
not redirected in the save_handler
Revision
3723 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 20 00:57:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
A new parser object that handles popup menus. Mainly this is so that
you can use them with the MultiPart object, which requires all the
objects to be Value objects. See the comments in the file for
documentation and examples.
Revision
3722 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 19 01:49:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected misspelling
Revision
3721 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 17 17:36:29 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
rearrange addition, deletion, change-saving, and "mark correct" code.
Order is now:
- save changes to existing problems
- mark specified problems correct
- delete specified problems
- add blank problem
This ensures consistencey if multiple operations are performed at once,
and also prevents the values set in the new problem from being
overwritten with empty values when changes to existing problems are
saved.
Revision
3720 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 17 14:01:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed wording on link.
Revision
3719 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 17 13:58:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Improved handling of case where a blank_problem is asked for in PGProblemEditor.pm
Also improved the random names for new local problems
Added ability to create a new blank problem in ProblemSetDetail.pm (without going to the PGProblemEditor.pm)
however something is not yet working when this problem record is saved.
Sam -- could you look at
lines near 679 to see what the problem is? There is a FIXME note there. I suspect that the addProblemToSet
routine is failing somehow, but there is no error message. Many of the record fields are not filled out --
including the sourceFile path and the number of attempts. The same snippet of code works fine
in PGProblemEditor.pm
--Mike
Revision
3718 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 17 03:42:42 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Refactored much of the action in PGProblemEditor.pm This allows a user inteface
which mimics the interface for the Hmwk sets editor and for the Classlist editor.
It also allows all of the temporary edit files to be placed in one location.
This allows one to "temporarily" edit a library file to try to see what is wrong with it.
It is also now much easier to make a local copy of a library file for your current problem set
so that you can tweak it.
It has been fairly well tested by one person (me) but there may still be bugs.
-- Mike
Revision
3717 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 17 03:37:36 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added support for a directory for temporary edit files default: templates/tmpEdit
Revision
3716 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 16 03:37:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
In the past, when Value objects were inserted into strings, they would
automatically include parentheses so that if you had $f equal to 1+x
and $g equal to 1-x, then Formula("$f/$g") would mean (1+x)/(1-x)
rather than 1+(x/1)-x, which is what would happen as a straing string
substitution.
The problem is that this would also happen for real numbers, vectors,
and everything else, even when it wasn't necessary. So if $x=Real(3),
then "Let x = $x" would be "Let x = (3)".
I have changed the behavior of the string concatenation for Value
objects so that parentheses are only added in a few cases: for
Formulas, Complex numbers, and Unions. This makes the other Value
objects work more like regular variables in strings, but might cause
some problems with strings that are used as formulas. For example, if
$a = Real(-3), then "x + 2 $a" will become "x + 2 -3", or "x-1" rather
than the expected "x - 6". (The old approach would have made it "x +
2 (-3)" which would have worked properly). For the most part, it is
easier to use something like "x + 2*$a" or even "x" + 2*$a in this
case, so the extra trouble of having to avoid parentheses when you
really meant to substitute the value into a string didn't seem worth
it.
Revision
3715 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 16 03:27:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a new experimental diagonstic function for the function answer
checker. When enabled, it will produce graphs of the correct answer,
the student answer, and the absolute and relative errors, and will
list the data points used in the comparison, plus the numerical values
of the results and errors.
To enable the diagnostic, use
ANS(fun_cmp($f,diagnostics=>1));
Note that only single-variable functions can be graphed at the moment,
so if you are using a multi-variable check, you need to disable the
graphing. To do this use
ANS(fun_cmp($f,vars=>['x','y'],diagnostics=>[showGraphs=>0]));
The diagnostic mode is only available for the Parser-based versions of
the function checker, and (of course) with the native Parser objects
as well:
ANS(Formula($f)->cmp(diagnostics=>1));
There are now Context settings to control the diagnostics, which can
be set through Context()->diagnostics->set(). For example
Context()->diagnostics->set(formulas=>{showGraphs=>0});
would turn off graphs for all functions comparisons. Some of the
other values you can set are:
formulas => {
showTestPoints => 1, # show the test points and function values
showRelativeErrors => 1, # show the relative errors for the student answer
showAbsoluteErrors => 1, # show the absolute errors for the student answer
showGraphs => 1, # show the various graphs
graphRelativeErrors => 1, # show the relative error graph
graphAbsoluteErrors => 1, # show the absolute error graph
clipRelativeError => 5, # don't show relative errors above 5
clipAbsoluteError => 5, # don't show absolute errors above 5
plotTestPoints => 1, # include dots at the test points
combineGraphs => 1, # show correct and student graphs in one image
},
graphs => {
divisions => 75, # the number of data points to plot
limits => [-2,2], # the lower and upper limit of the plot
# (taken from the function limits if not provided)
size => 250, # pixel size of the image (could be [width,height])
grid => [10,10], # number of grid lines in each direction
axes => [0,0], # where to put axes relative to origin
}
Any of these can be set in the Context(), or in the answer checker
itself. If you set diagnostics to an array reference, the entries in
the array refer to element of the formulas hash. If you set
diagonstics to a hash reference, then you can set values in either the
formulas or graphs hashes, as in:
ANS(Formula($f)->cmp(diagnostics=>{
formulas => {showAbsoluteErrors=>0},
graphs => {size=>300, divisions=>100},
}));
If you want all function checkers to show diagnostics, use
Context()->diagonstics->set(formulas=>{show=>1});
The image file names are modified to include the current time so that
the names will be unique. This avoids problems with the browser cache
showing a old image when a new one has been generated. But this also
means that the temporary image directory will fill up fast, so you may
need to empty it if you use the diagnostic images frequently.
This is just a first attempt at a diagnostic feature. I think it will
help when you are not sure if the tolerances are set properly, or if
you think a student answer should be markes correct but isn't, as it
will point out which point(s) are not being accepted.
Revision
3714 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 16 02:44:34 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Modified context data objects to provide a copy method so that the
various types of data can copy themselves (and can provide a more
comprehensive copy if necessary).
Revision
3713 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 14 23:33:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Let Parser object's cmp(debug=>1) option set the debug feature of the
answer evaluator.
Revision
3712 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 14 21:19:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added "height: 10em; overflow: auto;" for div.Siblings fixing bug #581.
Revision
3711 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 14 19:10:04 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
show first pdflatex error (bug #850), HTML escaping.
- generate_hardcopy_pdf() now reports the first error encountered in
hardcopy.log in the list of errors.
- variables substituted into errors strings are now displayed inside
<code>..</code> tags, and their values are escpaed with CGI/pm's
escapeHTML() function.
Revision
3710 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 11 22:44:49 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
eliminate undefined value usage in unformatDateTime, fixing bug #826.
also factored out error reporting into unformatDateTime_error and
improved formatting slightly.
Revision
3709 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 11 22:06:34 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added sorting of set definition files, fixing bug #809.
also added no_chdir=>1 flag to File::Find::find and modified
$get_set_defs_wanted accordingly.
Revision
3708 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 11 21:13:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added check to ensure that permission level is numeric, fixing bug #822.
Revision
3707 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 11 21:04:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added $default_permission_level
Revision
3706 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 11 20:45:36 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't show "act as" link unless the user is actually allowed to.
Revision
3705 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 11 20:44:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
stop redirecting to Login when user is not allowed to "act as". Instead,
throw an exception.
Revision
3704 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 11 17:59:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added syntactic sugar for pop_up_lists.
A common situation is that a problem includes a short multiple-choice question along with other answers. Often, these questions are written as fill-in-the-blank where the student is told a list of legal words to put in the blanks. The idea is to make it as simple as possible for problem writers to replace the fill-in-the-blank with a drop-down list of alternatives.
So, now the text of a problem can contain
is the function increasing on [0,1]? \{ pop_up_list(['?', 'yes', 'no']) \}
instead of
is the function increasing on [0,1]? \{ pop_up_list('?' => '?', 'yes' => 'yes', 'no' => 'no') \}
The result is checked with something like
ANS(str_cmp('yes'));
Existing problems are unaffected since the added syntax uses a reference to a list (the extra square brackets).
Revision
3703 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 10 23:47:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Add a new context flag that controls how the student answer should be
displayed. The formatStudentAnswer flag can be set to 'evaluated'
(the default), which shows the final numeric answer; 'parsed', which
shows the fully parsed version (including extra parentheses for
clarity); or 'reduced', which performs constant operations, but
doesn't perform function evaluations or named-constant substitutions.
For example, if the student answers 1+2+sqrt(3), then 'evaluated' will
produce 4.73205, 'reduced' will show 3+sqrt(3), and 'parsed' will
show 1+2+sqrt(3).
Revision
3702 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 10 23:41:05 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
If constant functions are not being reduced, don't mark the function
call as constant (since otherwise it might be evaluated later accidentally).
Revision
3701 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 10 22:36:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
putting site_info back in htdocs. see bug #832.
Revision
3700 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 10 22:34:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make sure there are answer blanks before printing \begin{itemize}. fixes
bug #859.
Revision
3699 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 10 22:18:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added full_name and rfc822_mailbox methods for convenience.
Revision
3698 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 10 22:17:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added names to From: and To: email addresses, if users have names
defined. noted in global.conf.dist that feedbackRecipients can include
user names.
Revision
3697 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 10 22:02:22 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix for bug #832 -- default site_info.txt is blank and in correct place.
Revision
3696 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 10 12:37:13 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug where correct_ans could not be overridden in the cmp()
method for Lists.
Revision
3695 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 8 22:20:49 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix for bug 815 "Emphasize set name on the Assign users to Set page (set
detail page)"
Revision
3694 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 8 22:13:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added check for $total==0 to eliminate potential DIV error (bug #855)
Revision
3693 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 8 22:07:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
disallow login of "dropped" practice users (bug #387). also don't show
Guest Login button if there are no "dropped" practice users.
Revision
3692 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 8 22:02:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed typo.
Revision
3691 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 8 21:56:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added "include_in_email" behavior to Enrolled and Audit statuses.
Revision
3690 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 8 21:55:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
modify usage of user status to take advantage of new status system. the
most extensive change is in UserList, where the names of statuses are
now shown in the status column along with the abbreviation that's
actually set in the database, and the edit popup shows the actual names
that are defined in global.conf.
Revision
3689 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 7 02:38:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected a problem with contexts not being reset properly after
num_cmp or fun_cmp.
Revision
3688 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 5 18:16:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Implemented status system as per bug #743.
The status system consists of a new hash in the course environment,
%statuses, that maps status names (like "Enrolled", "Drop", "Audit") to
(a) a list of allowed abbreviations for the status and (b) a list of
behaviors the system should have when dealing with users who have the
status.
I didn't want to have to mangle that hash-of-hashes-of-arrays myself in
many modules, but I also didn't want to devote an entire module
(Status.pm) to it. So, I'm trying a little experiment: I've added them
as methods to WeBWorK::CourseEnvironment. My thinkint is that since all
the data for these operations comes from the course environment, so why
not have them be course environment methods? Here they are:
status_abbrev_to_name($status_abbrev)
Given the abbreviation for a status, return the name. Returns undef
if the abbreviation is not found.
status_name_to_abbrevs($status_name)
Returns the list of abbreviations for a given status. Returns an
empty list if the status is not found.
status_has_behavior($status_name, $behavior)
Return true if $status_name lists $behavior.
status_abbrev_has_behavior($status_abbrev, $behavior)
Return true if the status abbreviated by $status_abbrev lists
$behavior.
Since I removed the previous $siteDefaults{status} hash from
global.conf, I have already switched modules that formerly used that
hash over to using the new methods:
Authen.pm: use status_abbrev_has_behavior($status, "allow_course_access")
to determine if a user should be allowed to log in.
Feedback.pm: look up status abbreviation using status_abbrev_to_name()
and print the result for the status field in the email.
Instructor.pm: use status_abbrev_has_behavior($status, "include_in_assignment")
to determine if a user should be included in an assignment.
UserList.pm and UsersAssignedToSet.pm: use status_abbrev_to_name() to
get name of CSS class.
Revision
3687 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 3 04:45:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added e-mail feedback verbosity to config area.
Revision
3686 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 3 04:32:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added email subject line to config variable.
Revision
3685 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 3 04:29:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Allow basic types to specify the width of their input fields, and changed the handling of the long doc strings. The long string is no longer sent as a parameter where it might be truncated.
Revision
3684 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 3 00:52:02 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Made a little more html use CGI::* methods.
Revision
3683 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 2 20:40:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added some todo items, and fixed minor bug with the minimum number of
displayModes (it was supposed to be a variable).
Revision
3682 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 2 19:51:45 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
New Config module. It will put its course settings in a file simple.conf
along side course.conf. Changes are:
URLPath.pm: wiring so the Config module can be called
ContentGenerator.pm: link in left panel to Config module
CourseEnvironment.pm: evaluate simple.conf. File name can be specified
when creating a new CourseEnvironment. This allows it to be bypassed
(which is currently used), or to test a simple settings file (not
used now, but it might be useful).
Constants.pm: all data about configuration is stored here. New values
can just be added here, unless they are a new type.
Config.pm: new module for limited course configuration.
Note, it might be better to move the new variable in Constants.pm to
another file. Committing changes to Constants.pm can be an extra
hassle since it contains some site specific configuration.
Revision
3681 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 2 19:44:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Add location/name of simple configuration file. It is written by the Config module.
Revision
3680 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 2 12:13:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Removed unneeded "my" for a varaible that is already local.
Revision
3679 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 1 01:17:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Major update to allow ImplicitPlane objects to be created
automatically by the Parser when it sees equal signs. This makes it
possible to use ImplicitPlanes in Lists. (Before, when the List was
turned into a Formula returning a List, the equality became a plane
old equality rather than an ImplicitPlane object.)
This is a bit of a hack for now until I can make List and other Value
objects be allowed to have Formulas as their entries rather than turn
into Formulas returning Lists (or whatever type).
Revision
3678 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 1 01:13:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle the names of entries in Lists and Formulas returning lists
better. Also do better typechecking on these lists. Finally, allow
better typechecking for String objects that are being used when a
Formula answer is allowed.
Revision
3677 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 1 01:10:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow context to override object class used to create formula objects
(so that things like ImplicitPlane can create instances of themselves
automatically when needed).
This mechanism needs to be enlarged to encompass the other Value
object classes as well (like the Context()->{parser}{...} hash).
The real problem is that the List object probably shouldn't create a
formula returning a list when it is passed formulas, since there
really isn't much need for a formula returning a list to be
autogenerated (you can create one by hand using Formula if needed).
Right now, ALL the Value objects make themselves into Formulas when
one of their entries is a formula. For example, Point(1,"x") produces
the same thing as Formula("(1,x)"), and List(1,"x") is the same as
Formula("1,x"). This is good for points, but not so good for lists.
And it might sometimes be nice to have a Vector of Formulas, or a
Matrix with Formula entries (rather than Formulas returning Vectors or
Matrices). But this would require some serious changes internally in
the Value objects, which make assumptions about their values being
constant. Changing that will be for another day...
Revision
3676 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 1 00:59:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Correctly create Formula returning List when a list has formula
entries.
Revision
3675 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 30 19:36:57 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added manage_course_files activity. changed FileManger to use new
activity. added hasPermissions() checks to Index and Contentgenerator to
only show File Manger when user has permission.
Revision
3674 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 30 19:32:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix error reporting for include() function.
Revision
3673 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 30 19:31:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
give user an error message if they can't act as another user.
see bug #846.
Revision
3672 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 30 19:16:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
modifications to support changes to global.conf.dist adding %userRoles
hash and changing the meaning of values in %permissionLevels.
Authz will now look up the role obtained from %permissionLevels in the
%userRoles hash, and compare the resulting number with the user's
permission level.
Revision
3671 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 30 19:15:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
implemented named roles for permissions system. %userRoles maps role
names to numeric permission levels, and %permissionLevels now maps
activities* to role names. A slight change to Authz.pm accompanies this
change to do the role-to-permission-level lookups.
* a.k.a. operations, privilegespermissions, gotta get the terminology
straight. think of the users!
%userRoles should be used by modules such as UserList for providing more
intelligent editing of the permission_level field. Another possible use
would be to for pretty-printing user types -- a user could be called a
student, ta, professor, etc. based on what role corresponded to their
permission_level.
Revision
3670 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 29 22:08:43 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Only add the 'dx' variable if it isn't already in the context.
Revision
3669 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 29 22:02:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem with the automatic upgrading of object classes for
when Value objects are subclassed but are not entered into the
precedence list.
Revision
3668 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 29 17:41:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Improve the label on submit button in single user mode.
Revision
3667 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 29 01:57:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Allow making a local copy of a library problem with a single button push.
The user interface is still cluttered. I think I'll rewrite the bottom button rows
using radio buttons and a 'Take action' submit button as on the Classlist and Homework set editor
pages.
Revision
3666 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 29 01:25:20 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Simplified the interface for users (who can only download one set at a time and can only download one user).
It could be made slightly more general -- it currently implicitly assumes that either one can edit both
multiple sets and multiple users or one can edit only a single user and a single set.
Removed an error in the [edit] link when there is an error. The anchor HTML tags were wrapped two layers deep
around the reference.
Can probably still use some more tweaks in the interface.
-- Mike
Revision
3665 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 28 23:26:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the wording of the initial course.conf file.
Revision
3664 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 28 23:24:15 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Formatting change for readability
Revision
3663 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 28 21:46:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed problem with `!' in set IDs, improved error reporting.
the `!' poblem was caused by passing UserSets to ScrollingRecordList
instead of passing GlobalSets. UserSets have a two-part key (user ID and
set ID), and ScrollingRecordList concatenates them with a `!' to create
the value names. This is a desireable behavior, but not one that I
remembered. Whoops.
Revision
3662 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 28 20:40:20 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug where if you specified a variable other than dx, the
division by zero check didn't work properly.
Revision
3661 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 28 11:11:29 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo in comments.
Revision
3660 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 28 01:07:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Make email addresses active on the classlist page just as they are on
the student progress page.
Revision
3659 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 27 23:32:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
set a default value for hardcopy_format if it's not given.
Revision
3658 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 27 21:46:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
pointless confusion, while humorous, is not good for maintainability.
Revision
3657 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 27 21:44:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
formatting
Revision
3656 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 27 03:58:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
percent sign snuck in there oops
Revision
3655 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 26 04:11:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the numerical values of lbf to make it more accurate (assuming that lbf is an abbreviation for ft-lbs which I doubt).
Also replaced the conversion factor for pounds with a more accurate figure.
Revision
3654 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 24 02:38:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to be able to handle empty anwswer blanks. There is a new
parameter for the MultiPart object (allowBlankAnswers) that controls
whether the checker routine will be called even when there are blank
entries (normally, the checker is not called unless all the entries
are non-blank). Use
$mp = MultiPart(1,2)->with(checkTypes=>0,allowBlankAnswers=>0);
to have the checker routine called when answers are left blank.
You can now also include blank answers in the list itself:
$mp = MultiPart(1,2,"");
(there is no need to include allowBlankAnswers in this case, because
the blank string will take care of itself.
Revision
3653 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 24 00:51:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Prevent empty answers that are marked as correct from being counted as
unanswered blanks. This avoids the "all the above are correct/at
least one of the above are NOT correct" problem, and suppresses the "n
questions remain unanswered" message when the empty questions are
counted as correct.
Revision
3652 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 24 00:47:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to have answers that are empty strings. String("") now
will produce a valid string object regardless of the Context's defined
string values. (You can prevent this using
Context()->flags->set(allowEmptyStrings=>0);
if you wish). String("")->cmp will produce an answer checker for an
empty string (it removes the blank checker that WW installs).
Revision
3651 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 23 23:31:15 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added download_hardcopy_format_pdf permission, set to $guest. This
allows professors to turn off hardcopy altogether by setting all the
download_hardcopy_format_* permissions to undef. Also change the default
permisisonLevel for $guest to -5, to match the permissionLevels for the
practiceUsers in defaultClasslist.lst. (It was supposed to be -5 all
along.)
Revision
3650 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 23 23:27:03 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Use new hardcopy param names.
Revision
3649 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 23 23:26:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Extensive refactor/rewrite.
There are probably going to be bugs here that we squished in the old
version of Hardcopy, but it seems to be pretty robust after an evening
of testing. Alert me if you see problems.
Features:
* standard ScrollingRecordLists are used for user and set selection.
* TeX source is written incrementally instead of being accumulated in
memory.
* arguments to shell commands are now quoted using String::ShellQuote
* modular design allows adding additional formats easily (i.e. dvi, ps)
* error reporting code is simplified.
* if errors/warnings occur, user will see them on screen instead of
getting the hardcopy file.
* on the error screen, user can click to get (possibly broken) hardcopy
if it exists.
* on the error screen, user can click to get interesting temporary
files. (for PDF format these are hardcopy.{tex,log,aux} and
pdflatex.std{out,err}.)
* on the error screen, if an error concerns a particular problem, an
"edit problem" link is included.
* probably more stuff i'm forgetting
Revision
3648 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 22 18:58:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changed label for context URL to "Click this link to see the page from
which the user sent feedback".
Revision
3647 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 22 18:45:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
restrict dates to < 10 years in the future -- see bug #829.
Revision
3646 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 22 18:06:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
since the subject line can be changed now, email filters would be wise
to rely on something more static. i've added X-WeBWorK-* headers to
accomodate this:
X-WeBWorK-Module
X-WeBWorK-Course
X-WeBWorK-User
X-WeBWorK-Section
X-WeBWorK-Recitation
X-WeBWorK-Set
X-WeBWorK-Problem
Revision
3645 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 22 17:48:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
implement customizable feedback subject line. The following escape
sequences are recognized:
%c = course ID
%u = user ID
%s = set ID
%p = problem ID
%x = section
%r = recitation
%% = literal percent sign
Revision
3644 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 22 14:11:33 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Add section and recitation to feedback subject line as per Gavin's
suggestion.
Revision
3643 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 21 20:26:29 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
fixed small typo
Revision
3642 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 21 18:25:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added "use WeBWorK::Debug" to allow debug() statements to work.
Revision
3641 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 20 23:42:22 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem with reporting the directories where files with given
types should be uploaded.
Revision
3640 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 19 17:11:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fix bug 819. This adds a method to DB for getting all merged problems
for a (student,set) combination so that the problem value can be
correct. See bug 819 for additional comments on how this affects
scoring when an individual student is given an override value for
"weight".
Revision
3639 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 19 16:25:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added nice custom formatting routines for user/set/problem data:
* uses "yes" and "no" for true/false values
* formats dates
* uses "unlimited" for -1 max_attempts
* uses pretty names for the status
* decodes the answer string
* lines up output
Revision
3638 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 19 00:58:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug where str_cmp("0") was changing the correct answer to "",
making it impossible to get correct.
Revision
3637 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 19 00:16:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Prevent the empty list from having open and close be set to 'start'
(a value used internally).
Revision
3636 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 17 20:14:02 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Expanded information in error messages.
Revision
3635 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 17 20:12:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added \usepackage{epstopdf} on the suggestion of Frank Wolfs to the TeX header.
This allows the CAPA files to print pictures with pdflatex even though they
use .eps figures.
Revision
3634 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 17 16:32:43 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Use underscore2nbsp from higher up module. Hopefully this fixes bug
841.
Revision
3633 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 17 13:22:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Don't allow wrapping in label for ans_array errors.
Revision
3632 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 17 13:22:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Improved layout and labeling of error messages.
Revision
3631 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 17 13:02:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The Parser answer checkers used to give the student answer as the
parsed but unevaluated answer. This has been changed so that the
student answer is now the computed result, no the parsed answer.
The answer preview still shows the parsed equation. This is more
consistent with the traditional answer checkers, and probably is more
valuable to the students.
Revision
3630 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 17 12:39:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Better error messages for unreduced unions.
Revision
3629 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 17 12:25:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Improved error message layout and labeling for when ans_array is used.
Revision
3628 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 17 12:22:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Improved error messages for formulas returning infinity
Revision
3627 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 16 19:08:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
feedback is now sent to users with receive_feedback permission
regardless of the contents of the feedbackRecipients list in
global.conf. Comments in global.conf now read:
By default, feeback is sent to all users who have permission to
receive_feedback. If this list is non-empty, feedback is also sent to
the addresses specified here.
* If you want to disable feedback altogether, leave this empty and set
submit_feeback => $nobody in %permissionLevels below. This will
cause the feedback button to go away as well.
* If you want to send email ONLY to addresses in this list, set
receive_feedback => $nodoy in %permissionLevels below.
It's often useful to set this in the course.conf to change the
behavior of feedback for a specific course.
Revision
3626 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 16 18:50:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use new feedbackMacro(), put "edit this problem" inside the problem DIV.
Revision
3625 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 16 18:50:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use new feedbackMacro()
Revision
3624 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 16 18:49:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added feedbackHelper to consolidate generation of feedback form.
Revision
3623 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 16 18:47:42 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
allow printing of error message upfront when there are no recipients.
Revision
3622 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 16 17:58:47 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
cosmetic changes (blank lines, comments, ordering)
Revision
3621 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 15 20:24:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modifications to the directions for archiving courses.
Revision
3620 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 15 14:26:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Bring jsMath up to version 2.1d, which fixes a number of small bugs,
including:
o There was a problem with image fonts where the cached data about
the size of the images was not being checked properly, so was
recomputed every time a character was displayed. The cache is now
properly handled, so that should speed up image mode.
o Fixed a bug where loading extra fonts while in image mode would
cause the data about previously loaded image fonts to be lost.
o Fixed a bug with "Hi-Res Fonts for Printing" where the fonts where
incorrectly scaled so that they appear far too small. (This worked
in an early beta version of jsMath v2, but apparently hasn't
worked properly in any production version.)
o Fixed a long-standing bug where horizontal lines are only
displayed in black, not in the color specified by \color (or by a
style from the surrounding text).
o Fixed a similar bug with \rule so that it now produces a box with
the color of the surrounding text.
o Dimensions can now be enclosed in braces (for example, \rule can
be \rule{10pt}{5pt}{3pt} as well as \rule 10pt 5pt 3pt).
o Fixed a bug where extra space was inserted in some equations for
browsers that don't allow absolute positioning within an in-line
element (e.g., Opera).
Revision
3619 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 14 23:44:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Hide the "important message" text unless there is actually a message in site_info.txt
Revision
3618 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 13 18:00:13 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
In hardcopy, a TeX file download has to have the extension .tex, not .pdf
Revision
3617 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 13 17:08:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Change back to $mail{smtpServer} = 'mail.yourschool.edu';
Revision
3616 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 13 16:24:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with recognizing MINF in NUM_CMP.
Revision
3615 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 13 14:07:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The ORIGINAL_NUM_CMP was calling str_cmp as a code reference rather
than as the more modern AnswerEvaluator object. This causes error
messages when string answers were used. It now uses the evaluate()
method of the AnswerEvaluator.
Revision
3614 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 13 01:24:36 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Add clarification to error message for surePathToFile
Revision
3613 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 12 23:28:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an error where scalar() was used on a hash ref.
Fixed a misfeature where operations on formulas could return Value
objects of other classes; they should always return formulas, even
when the formula is constant.
Revision
3612 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 12 20:26:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Avoid undefined value of $name.
Revision
3611 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 10 18:21:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Restored changes that were accidentally clobbered
when the gateway changes were checked in.
Email now uses post processing to email students.
Revision
3610 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 9 20:52:03 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed some documentation comments.
Revision
3609 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 9 20:51:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug in which, if the Hardcopy call was the first one to
need to create the directory at (e.g.) /ww/htdocs/tmp/myCourse
then the creation of myCourse would fail. If /ww/htdocs/tmp/myCourse/gif already
existed things would go fine.
I think that more has to be done here. We need to look at how myCourse is
created when storing a gif or html is the first action and handle these
all the same. One of the difficulties is that the tmp directory might
be located anywhere -- it is not guaranteed to be under /ww/webwork/webwork2/htdocs
-- at least as we have defined it at the moment.
Revision
3608 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 8 17:52:51 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Display the information in site_info.txt on the webwork2 homepage as
well
as on login pages.
Revision
3607 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 8 02:54:48 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Sam changed open(LOG,...) to open(my $log, ...), but didn't change the
usages of LOG to $log, so the show answers page was always reporting
no past answers available. Now the values are being shown. (I'm not
sure why it is necessary to make a local variable for LOG, but
at least it works now.)
Revision
3606 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 7 20:57:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
string2hash will now handle strings with newlines, fixing GDBM.
Revision
3605 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 7 18:02:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
disable newlines every 76 characters in base64-encoded answers. this is
nice for examining database contents manually since it prevents newlines
from being introduced into database records.
Revision
3604 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 7 01:18:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Typographic clean up of global.conf.dist
Revision
3603 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 7 01:10:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added support for cplx_cmp() using the Parser. Move
lib/Parser/Legacy/PGcomplexmacros.pl to the pg/macros directory to use
it. As with the other legacy macros, $useOldAnswerMacros can be
controlled to determine whether the new or the old macros are used.
There is a new mode 'strict_cartesian' that is parallel to
'strict_polar'. You must enter a+bi form, but the a and b can have
operations within them.
Revision
3602 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 7 01:06:13 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added "strict" versions of the limited complex contexts that don't
allow operations within the real and imaginary parts. Also cleaned up
some of the code and fixed a few situations that had been missed
before.
Note that in strict mode, e^(pi i) is accepted, but e^(pi/2 i) is
not. Should that be changed? It would be possible to make a context
in which a*e^(b*pi/c i) is accepted.
Revision
3601 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 6 21:02:05 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Movified the copying of functions from Complex1:: into main:: to avoid
conflicts with the PGcommonFunctions.pl versions (these errors were
trapped, but still show up in the error log unnecessarily).
Also commented out some code that was not doing anything other than
producing error messages in the error log. (It was left over from a
syntax check on the professor's answer, but the actual check was
removed, leaving a portion that tries to process the answer, but
usually fails (because things like "1+4i" need to be converted to
"1+4*i" before they can be used in PG_answer_eval, but that was not
being done).
Because of this, it is not possible currently to do cplx_cmp("1+4i"),
and instead you must to cplx_cmp(new Complex(1,4)).
To fix this, you would need to call check_syntax (and the other
filters that are called on the student's answer) before calling
PG_answer_eval. Of course, you should only do this when the
professor's answer isn't already a Complex object.
I am going to work on a Legacy module like the ones for num_cmp and
fun_cmp to replace cplx_cmp, which should avoid these problems and
make the changes suggested above unnecessary.
Revision
3600 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 6 18:55:20 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
transparent (lower case t) is not valid with dvipng 1.2. I changed the note
and went back to Transparent in the default.
Revision
3599 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 6 14:18:28 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
uh, hasPermissions() is a method, so it actually gets 3 arguments. print
the arguments received as part of the error message. TESTED THIS TIME!
Revision
3598 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 6 14:17:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
call hasPermissions() with two arguments (it doesn't use the eUserID
anyway.
Revision
3597 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 5 23:43:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix for security aspect of bug #715 -- reject calls with @_ != 2.
Revision
3596 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 2 22:29:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error in atan2 where second argument was not promoted to a Real.
Revision
3595 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 2 00:06:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug in use of advanced display panel which prevented it from displaying
problems. Default values like "All Textbooks" needed to be cleared so it
wouldn't be mistaken for actual textbook names.
Revision
3594 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 1 01:10:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Implemented Mike's suggestion of combining a directory upward only
when the directory contains one pg file and the name of the file is
the same as the name of the directory containing it. I have removed
the condition that there need to be other (non-pg) files in the
directory, as the check takes time, and is no longer necessary.
Revision
3593 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 30 16:36:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Change arguments passed to dvipng
Revision
3592 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 30 13:11:49 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed error message when answer log does not exist
Revision
3591 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 30 12:21:36 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The perl method for UOP and BOP now put spaces around the operator, to
prevent Perl from thinking that things like -e is a file test and
*Parser::Function->call is a name reference. (Some of these had been
done by hand earlier, but now the base BOP and UOP classes handle it,
so we should not have problems in the future). I removed the ad hoc
fixes from several other locations (Parser/Function.pm,
Parser/Context/Default.pm).
Also extended the operator definitions to allow operators to create
function-call syntax in perl mode (for when the operator doesn't
correspond to a perl operator).
Revision
3590 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 30 05:49:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixes bug in add where blank values were being turned into 0 by mysql for columns of type integer. The analogous change was previously made to put. This bug showed up when renumbering problems in ProblemSetDetail (e.g., renumbering) when a set was already assigned to users.
Revision
3589 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 30 00:44:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added the ability to put class-specific answer-checker defaults into
the Context object. For example,
Context("Vector")->{cmpDefaults}{Vector}{promotePoints} = 1;
would make all Vector answer checkers include promotePoints=>1
automatically. (Note however that if a subclass of Vector is used, it
will not get this defaults, since its class name would be different.
Perhaps something more sophisticated will be needed in the future.)
Revision
3588 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 30 00:41:34 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a parserCustomization.pl file that is loaded whenever the
Parser.pl file is. This can be used on a course-by-course basis to
customize features of the Parser. Some examples are listed in the
file.
You need to be VERY careful when doing this, as this will affect ALL
problems that use the Parser. Your changes may cause some .pg files
to fail if they rely on the default behavior that you are changing.
If you wish to override settings in one of the predefined contexts
(like "Vector"), then define $context{Vector} as a copy of
$Parser::Context::Default::context{Vector}, as in the commented out
examples. Then Context("Vector") will use your copy rather than the
original. If you were to change the version in
Parser::Context::Default, that would change the parser for ALL
courses, not just yours.
Revision
3587 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 30 00:36:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a Point context that is a copy of the Vector context. This will
allow users to override some settings in Vector context (namely, how
they are entered and displayed) without preventing users from being
able to enter points (in Point context).
Revision
3586 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 29 22:58:13 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removed unused variable.
Fixed an incorrect error message.
Revision
3585 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 29 22:56:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected a mistake in a debugging message.
Revision
3584 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 28 23:09:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug where a set named "0" would not be sticky in the Target Set
list (because it looked kind of like an empty/undefined name).
Revision
3583 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 28 20:54:51 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Allow use of an activity log which logs every click, stored on a
per-course basis. It is turned off by default. It can be turned
on/off for individual courses. The three pieces here:
global.conf.dist: adds a place to define the log file. Here an
empty value signals to not do this logging.
ContentGenerator.pm: check to see if the log file is defined (and
(non-trivial), and if so, write a log entry. We check if it is
defined at this point to both save some time, and because if we
get to writeCourseLog and the log isn't defined, we get a pink
screen.
The bulk of the text of the log entry is performed by a new method
prepare_activity_entry. By default, this gives the url, and a list
of all the cgi parameters (except for key and passwd). This method
can be overridden by individual modules. The default format may
change. It may take some fine tuning to see what is best.
Also, this is one of the first functions called by go. We may want
it to go after the action has taken place if we want instructor
modules to be able to report results of their work through this log.
SetMaker.pm: gives an example of overriding prepare_activity_entry.
SetMaker has lots (and lots and lots) of data stored in cgi
parameters. We probably don't want to log that. We might want to
log a little more in SetMaker than we do here (target set), but
this gives a start.
Revision
3582 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 27 21:34:47 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
comment out hack for peekaboo bug
Revision
3581 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 26 18:03:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
replaced $externalPrograms{netpbm} with lexical $netpbm_prefix. this
will prevent netpbm from going into the cource environment (where is it
not needed) and makes it clear that it is a prefix and not the path to a
program.
Revision
3580 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 26 17:30:05 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
When dealing with showOldAnswers defaults, allow control of who get get the system default after the due date instead of hard-wiring it. Default value is that students don't initially get old answers after the due date, but professors do.
Revision
3579 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 26 16:52:57 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
improved handling of symlinks in listFilesRecursiveHelper. symlinks to
files are now treated as files instead of directories.
Revision
3578 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 26 14:06:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fix bug where perl functions which may need parentheses by forcing them
when the function starts Parser::Function->. This seems to work, but
there might be a better way to do it, or need other cleaning up.
Revision
3577 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 26 04:19:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
When making on-the-fly image names, replace periods in the student login
name to avoid problems with pdflatex. Changed the replacement in set
names to use the same new trick (the old way had an infintesimal chance
of collision). The new scheme is first double all instances of "Q". Then
replace periods with "-Q-".
Revision
3576 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 20:01:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add some electrical units. Take two, hopefully in the correct branch
this time.
Revision
3574 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 18:32:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Updated instructions to match changes to global.conf.dist and the move
or PGanswermacros.pl.
Revision
3573 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 18:24:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
A separate copy of this file is no longer needed.
Revision
3572 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 18:21:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
This makes the pg/lib/Parser/Legacy copy of PGanswermacros.pl the
official copy here. This still leaves the original answer evaluators as
the default, but simplifies the update process, and we don't have to
maintain two copies of the original functions.
Revision
3571 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 18:17:14 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Load Parser::Legacy.
This change is needed for the current version of extraAnswerEvaluators.pl
to work out of the box. By default, one will still get the original
(non-Parser) versions of num_cmp and fun_cmp, but turning on the
Parser-based versions will be much easier (just one line to change, or
override on a course by course basis).
There will be a companion change in the pg directories.
Revision
3570 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 17:02:28 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Intialize tth preamble variable to avoid undefined errors when running
in formattedText mode.
Revision
3569 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 03:40:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with Context's not properly initializing themselves with
the WW environment parameters (like zeroLevelTol and useBaseTenLog).
The copy method and the method that did an initialized copy used to be
separate routines, but that turned out to be unnecessary, so they have
now been merged (copy always tries to initialize the WW values when it
can, and when the copied context doesn't already have them).
The reason this is complicated is that a number contexts are set up
before the global.conf data is available, so these can't be
initialized with the WW values. Also, these default contexts are
stored in the persistant processes, and we don't want to leave
possibly course-specific values lying around in them, so whenever a
context is selected, it is copied from the standard version and the
WW parameters are inserted into it. The problem author can only
modify the copy, not the original, so this is OK with mod_perl.
The context's copy method now always tries to initialize (we used to
have to call initCoopy to get a copy that has the WW parameters
inserted). That turned out to cause trouble with code that handled
contexts without the usual Context() command.
Revision
3568 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 03:32:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed log and log10 perl methods so that log obeys the useBaseTenLog
flag, and log10 doesn't try to call main::log10, which is not
available from within this preloaded package. The in- and outside
the safe compartment stuff is very confusing, and functions that are
not overloaded native perl functions seem to be not callable from the
Value::Formula package, so the perl method now calls
Parser::Function->call() directly (doesn't look pretty, but I've given
up on that).
Revision
3567 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 00:58:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Avoid undefined due_date when problem is viewed from the library
browser.
Revision
3566 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 00:35:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
In order to overcome an MSIE bug that affects jsMath, the call is
changed from jsMath.ProcessBeforeShowing() to jsMath.wwProcess(),
which is added by the jsMath-ww.js file. (This routine uses an onload
handler for MSIE to put off the processing until MSIE can handle it
properly, but allows all others to do it at the usual time.)
Revision
3565 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 25 00:31:57 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updates to overcome yet another bug in MSIE. It turns out that MSIE
can completely botch up the display if jsMath.ProcessBeforeShowing()
is performed at the point in the web page that we have to put it, so
we call wwProcess instead, and if it is in MSIE, we add an onload
handler to call ProcessBeforeShowing. It's a hack, but it works.
Revision
3564 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 24 20:22:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Make it so that by default, practice users don't see saved answers. That can be controlled in global.conf.dist. Also, default to not showing saved answers after the due date. In all cases, the Apply options button can adjust what you want.
Also fixed a bug with showOldAnswers related to '', 0, and undef being similar in perl.
Revision
3563 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 24 19:41:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug 753. The number of all users needs to be recomputed after action
handlers in case some users were imported or deleted.
Revision
3562 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 24 19:07:10 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed stringify to check for an answer that is zero by using the
zeroLevelTol value directly (rather than use the fuzzy equality check
for zero, which depends on the tolType in a bad way).
Revision
3561 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 24 16:58:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed minor glitch where the toggle for show saved answers might be set wrong for the first time a student looks at a problem.
Revision
3560 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 24 11:44:49 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Made relative tolerances the default for when the tolType is not one
of 'relative' or 'absolute'.
Revision
3559 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 24 02:22:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Removed initialize function which did nothing. Moved the actual assignments/unassignments to pre_header_initialize so they could use the messaging system.
Revision
3558 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 24 01:52:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added safety toggle for unassignment on this page (like other places where
sets can be unassigned).
Revision
3557 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 24 01:35:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Hopefully fixed the logic of setting numerical tolerance defaults.
Revision
3556 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 23 23:59:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with display_matrix_mm so its behaviour matches its
documentation. This may break problems which relied on its previous
incorrect behavior.
Revision
3555 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 23 23:57:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use a default for the zeroLevelTol set in the current context.
Revision
3554 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 23 23:10:02 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Deleted commented out line (which had been used for debugging).
Revision
3553 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 23 22:56:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
This adds wiring to the pg side for special bits of html to be included before/after the body of a problem. You also need to update global.conf (and probably want to update Tasks.pm).
A commented out example in global.conf.dist shows how to use this to produce boxed problems a la the Union College server. In this approach, the added parts are not used for problems rendered in the Library Browser or Problem Set Detail.
This addresses bug 817. This solution may not be suitable for inclusion of needed bits for modes such as asciimath or tth because the those bits of html are probably needed for display in the Library Browser. It is hard to distinguish bits which are always wanted, and those which are only wanted for use by Problem.
Revision
3552 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 23 22:53:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Allow snippets of html (or Tex) to be specified in global.conf to be inserted right before/after the body of a problem. A commented out example which produces boxed problem in HTML is given. In this approach, the added parts are not used for problems rendered in the Library Browser or Problem Set Detail.
This addresses bug 817. This solution may not be suitable for inclusion of needed bits for modes such as asciimath or tth because the those bits of html are probably needed for display in the Library Browser. It is hard to distinguish bits which are always wanted, and those which are only wanted for use by Problem.
To make use of this, you need to update your global.conf, and make the corresponding pg update.
Revision
3551 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 22 19:55:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Previously, the "Unassign selected sets from selected users" button did
not work. Now it works. To help avoid inadvertant unassignments, the button
was moved lower on the page and put in the "danger" background color. I
also made the assign and unassign buttons the same length for better
aesthetics.
Some things still to do in this module:
- maybe move unassign even lower
- maybe have a safety radio button to unassignments like on other
unassign pages
- move the action from body() to pre_header_initialize() so that
addgoodmessage/addbadmessage will work like on other pages
- get return values from the assignment/unassignment commands in
case something goes wrong. Right now, the system can explode and it
will still say "All assignments were made successfully".
- it could also report some information on assignments/unassignments
actually made vs. combinations which were skipped.
Revision
3550 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 22 19:22:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed function unassignSetsFromUsers.
Revision
3549 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 22 03:27:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed default directory shown to be the templates directory.
Changed GZIP and UNGZIP to 'Make Archive' and 'Unpack Archive'.
Revision
3548 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 22 02:40:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Changed "current set" to target set to match terminology at the top of the
page.
Revision
3547 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 22 01:26:04 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Part of change dealing with bug 813.
Possible things still to do here:
change names of variables to reflect that they contain commands and
not scripts
have a variable for the path to cat
remove the scripts themselves
Revision
3546 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 22 01:23:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Moves configuration of gif2png and friends to global.conf. Individual
paths, and/or arguments to the conversion statements can be adjusted.
To make use of this change, update global.conf and pg/macros/dangerousmacros.pl
This should close bug 813. At some time, the scripts should be removed
from the bin directory.
Revision
3545 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 21 23:54:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Update help file to match some recent changes in checking of answers which
are intervals.
Revision
3544 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 21 21:46:49 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Removed bits which were accidentally included during last commit.
Revision
3543 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 21 18:12:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Should fix bug 696 by replacing consecutive whitespace with a single
space for answers in an individual ans_rule.
Revision
3542 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 21 16:02:42 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed some indenting.
Revision
3541 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 21 12:03:13 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to 2.1a, which fixes a problem with the domain checking when
the server is running on a non-standard port number.
Revision
3540 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 21 05:21:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
level_curve_check now forces the use of the old style (not Parser::Legacy)
answer evaluators resolving bug 820.
Revision
3539 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 21 00:04:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to handle jsMath version 2.
Revision
3538 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 21 00:03:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changes needed for version 2 of jsMath. Since the image font fallback
method works well enough without having the TeX fonts installed, the
font warning message has been turned off by default. There is also a
new parameter that controls whether the image fonts are to be used, so
if you don't want to unpack the jsMath-fonts.tar.gz file (for space
considerations), you should set
$pg{displayModeOptions}{jsMath}{noImageFonts} = 1;
in global.conf.
Revision
3537 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 20 23:59:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated jsMath to v2.1 (which includes the new control panel and the
new image font fallback method). You will need to unpack the
jsMath-fonts.tar.gz file in the htdocs/jsMath directory to form the
htdocs/jsMath/fonts directory. The commands
cd htdocs/jsMath
tar vfzx jsMath-fonts.tar.gz
should do it.
Finally, you need to corrections to pg/macros/PG.pl and
global.conf.dist to complete the installation.
Revision
3536 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 20 23:07:13 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added code to handle the case where the professor's answer is in
expondential notation using a little e instead of a big one. (Perl
will convert .0000001 to 1E-07, for example, before it is passed to
num_cmp.)
Revision
3535 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 17 16:05:48 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
re-added timer for entire content generation process.
Revision
3534 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 16 18:57:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
enabled logging
Revision
3533 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 16 17:58:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Make title look nicer for times when the set name has underscores in it.
Revision
3532 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 16 16:47:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
disabled logging for small file test
Revision
3531 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 15 22:42:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed more undefined values
Revision
3530 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 15 22:38:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Remove the no longer valid message:
This may take a long time. Even if your browser times
out, all the files will be exported
Revision
3529 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 15 01:50:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed Context() call to direct reference to context, so as not to
leave the wrong content selected as the current one.
Revision
3528 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 14 16:52:11 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Add the beginnings of a facility for archiving a course. This method uses mysqldump
and therefore will work only with a mysql database. Many things are still hardwired
In particular mysqldump is hardwired.
The database name is hardwired to "webwork"
Archiving consists of dumping the tables associated to the course to a file
$courseID/DATA/$courseID_mysql.database (this file can be used
to created a new database for the course. it will not overwrite existing
tables however.)
Then the entire course directory is tarred and gzipped and placed
in the courses directory with the naem $courseID.tar.gz
Currently nothing is deleted from the database and no directories are deleted.
So the implementation is fairly safe, but not yet very useful for course management.
There is not yet a facility for automatically importing the archived course.
Revision
3527 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 14 12:16:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Eliminate extra insetting of tables within the results area (e.g.,
tables produced by the matrix array answer checkers).
Revision
3526 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 14 11:43:04 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added mising ';' in viewOptions
Revision
3525 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 14 00:23:10 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added methods for testing containment of one set in another, and so
on. These include:
$A->contains($B) Test if $B is a subset of $A (or an
element of $A if $B$ is a real number).
$A->isSubsetOf($B) Test if $A is a subset of $B.
$A->isEmpty True if $A is the empty set.
$A->intersects($B) True if $A and $B have numbers in common.
$A->intersect($B) The set of numbers common to both $A and $B.
Be careful of the difference between "intersect" and "intersects".
One is a set the other a true/false value.
Revision
3524 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 14 00:18:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a copy method that produces a deep copy of the given object.
This probably should be used through the new() methods to ducplicate
the data used when creating an object, otherwise changes to the
sub-objects will cause changes to the outer one. For example, if an
interval is used to create a union and then the internal data for the
interval is changed by hand, the changes will also occur in the
union. That is, Value objects contain their data by REFERENCE. This
should probably be changed, but fortunately, no one should be
adjusting the internal structure of the objects by hand.
Revision
3523 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 22:38:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added canBeInUnion and isSetOfReals methods to the Parser package
(similar to the ones in the Value package), replacing the
canBeInterval flag and other ad hoc checks.
Removed ability to form interval like [a] now that we have sets.
Revision
3522 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 22:34:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Maintain parentheses correctly when converting to perl.
Revision
3521 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 21:47:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Add style for comments originating from COMMENT() and rendered in the
Library browser.
Revision
3520 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 21:45:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Implimentation of COMMENT for comments to appear in the library browser.
Revision
3519 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 21:35:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Print contents of COMMENT() commands in the Library Browser.
Revision
3518 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 21:34:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow a list of numbers to be converted to a set.
Revision
3517 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 21:31:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Pass the canBeInUnion call on to the Formula's root node
Revision
3516 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 20:59:28 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added isSetOfReals and canBeInUnion methods to the Value objects, and
replaced the ad hoc tests for these conditions to call these
routines.
Cleaned up the make() methods for Intervals, Sets and Unions, and
improved the new() methods to handle more cases better.
Fixed Value::makeValue() to handle an array reference correctly.
I don't THINK any of this will break anything. :-)
Revision
3515 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 20:55:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make formulas that produce lists get default open and close parens,
and have them retained in Formula() results.
Revision
3514 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 19:10:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure the singletons are sorted before comparing them to the
intervals (and each other).
Revision
3513 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 18:51:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed treatment of options in setting the mode and optional parameters
related to reducing unions.
Revision
3512 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 18:19:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Can't use the length check when reducing unions, since it could
contain a single set that is not reduced, and we need to check that,
too.
Revision
3511 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 17:50:11 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed reduction warnings for individual sets, intervals and unions (in
making it work for lists, I broke it for the single items).
Revision
3510 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 17:32:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem with redefine when used with classes that store their
data in a on-standard form (i.e., by overridding the create()
method). Now they can define uncreate() to get the original data back
for use with redefine().
Revision
3509 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 17:24:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed mad error message (change needed due to new message translation
facility).
Revision
3508 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 16:58:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added isReduced method to tell if a Union, Set or Interval is already
reduced. Fixed up sort to use CORE::sort, and added sort and reduce
to Intervals, which do nothing, but are there for consistency.
Revision
3507 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 16:57:14 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error in testing is a union is reduced (didn't test if sets
within a union were reduced properly).
Revision
3506 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 16:47:23 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Moved a chunk of duplicated code to its own function, and tweaked the setting
of the context in a few cases.
Revision
3505 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 16:33:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added sort methods to Union and Set that return objects with their
data sorted.
Revision
3504 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 15:57:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Moved the union and set reduction checks from cmp_equal to cmp_compare
so that the messages can be produced even in lists of unions.
Improved the message facilities for the list comparison so that
cmp_compare can make errors that refer to the number of the entry in
the student's answer (otherwise an extra "There was a problem with
your nth value" message needs to be prepended, which looks bad if it
can be avoided).
Use the "extra" answer checker to report syntax error messages in unordered
lists.
Revision
3503 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 15:44:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with call to $equation->Error (due to change in
error-handling that allows for translation of error messages).
Revision
3502 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 05:54:10 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
If a problem file sets $refreshCachedImages=1 inside the pg file, then
cached copies of on the fly graphics are ignored and the graphic is
regenerated.
Revision
3501 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 01:40:45 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added differentiation of (single-variable) functions created with
parserFunction.
Revision
3500 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 01:39:14 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo in previous update.
Revision
3499 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 00:41:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added sets to the differentiation information (no derivatives allowed)
Revision
3498 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 00:35:11 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a typo in an error message.
Revision
3497 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 13 00:25:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability for Unions and Sets to simplify themselves
(automatically or on demand), and added flags to the Context and
answer checkers to control these features. The new Context flags
are
reduceUnions tells whether unions are automatically
reduced when they are created.
reduceUnionsForComparison tells whether unions are reduced
before comparing them for equality
or inequality (etc) if they aren't
reduced already.
reduceSets tells whether redundent elements are
removed from sets as they are created.
reduceSetsForComparison tells whether sets are reduced before
comparing them.
All of these default to true.
The Interval, Set, Union, and List answer checkers not have two new
flags for controlling these values:
studentsMustReduceUnions tells whether unions and sets will be
counted as incorrect when they are not
reduced to non-overlapping intervals
and at most one set with no repeated
entries.
showUnionReduceWarnings tells whether an error message will
be produced for non-reduced unions and
sets, or if they will be marked wrong
silently. (Not available in Lists.)
Both of these are true by default, since most professors probably want
their students to write intervals in reduced form. (Is this true?)
This corresponds the the current behavior of the interval checkers,
which require the student's answer to be the same set of intervals as
in the professor's, but with the addition of an error message when the
student answer is not reduced.
Revision
3496 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 23:33:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Print titles with underscores replaced by non-breaking spaces. It makes
the names of courses and problem sets look nicer for students. Also
removed a function which was already commented out, and not needed.
Revision
3495 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 23:21:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed use of undefined value for $position in TeX and String methods.
Revision
3494 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 23:02:11 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Made the 'R' constant in Interval context show up as a bold R in TeX
mode.
Revision
3493 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 22:56:04 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Detect preview mode correctly for either WW1 or WW2.
Revision
3492 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 22:55:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Adjust spacing.
Revision
3491 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 22:54:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Mark function as constant if it is.
Revision
3490 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 18:55:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Update interval notation information for students based on recent
improvements in the Parser.
Revision
3489 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 18:43:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Completed conversion of interval_cmp to use Parser objects. Also, minor
updates to number_list_cmp.
Revision
3488 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 17:40:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Avoid problem with undefined value being passed to protectHTML.
Revision
3487 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 17:09:42 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed how Intervals implement the requireParenMatch flag for the
interval and union answer checker. (Use a Context flag rather than a
flag on the interval itself.) Moved the getFlag method from
Formula.pm to Value.pm so it can be used by any object class. New
feature where classes can add more context flags to set (and reset
after the answer checker runs).
Revision
3486 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 15:53:02 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
renamed weird $QuellSubroutineOutput to $DenySubroutineOutput. This will
better match $AllowSubroutineOutput.
Revision
3485 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 02:47:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added HiRes timing data to WeBWorK::Debug, removed WeBWorK::Timing. all
existing calls to the WeBWorK::Timing methods now pass the same messages
to debug().
added an option to WeBWorK::Debug to allow only certain subroutines to
log debug messages, in addition to the existing option to bar certain
subroutines from doing so.
Revision
3484 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 01:26:11 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Removed erroneous dollar sign.
Revision
3483 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 01:21:48 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added redefine() function to complement undefine() for various
Context() values. For example
Context()->operators->undefine('+');
makes '+' undefined, but
Context()->operators->redefine('+');
will put it back. You can specify a context from which to take the
redefinition, and a name in that context, as in
Context()->operators->redefine('U',from=>"Interval");
Context()->operators->redefine('u',from=>"Interval",using=>"U");
Context()->operators->redefine('U',from=>$content);
where $content is a reference to a Context object.
The undefine() function lets you undefine several items at once, as in
Context()->operators->undefine('+','-');
For redefine, you must put multiple names in square brackets because
of the optional parmeters:
Context()->operators->redefine(['+','-']);
Revision
3482 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 12 01:15:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug with missing fields in initialization.
Revision
3481 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 22:11:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added implementation of options() which call optionsMacro(). the version
in Problem.pm takes care to preserve the editMode and sourceFilePath
parameters.
Revision
3480 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 22:10:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
improvements to view options.
removed default options() implementation and helper function
viewOptions(), and added more modular optionsMacro() method, which is
intended to be called from content generators which require an options
panel.
POD for optionsHelper():
=item optionsMacro(options_to_show => \@options_to_show, extra_params =>
\@extra_params)
Helper macro for displaying the View Options panel.
@options_to_show lists the options to show, from among this list
"displayMode", "showOldAnswers", "showHints", "showSolutions". If no
options are given, "displayMode" is assumed.
@extraParams is dereferenced and passed to the hidden_fields() method.
Use this to preserve state from the content generator calling
optionsMacro().
This macro is intended to be called from an implementation of the
options() method. The simplest way to to this is:
sub options { shift->optionsMacro }
=cut
Revision
3479 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 22:07:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
moved style information for viewOptions div from ContentGenerator.pm.
Revision
3478 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 21:40:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
revert to using mydisplayMode for the param name (whoops).
Revision
3477 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 20:57:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to subtract intervals, sets and unions. Adjusted the
precedence of the union 'U' to be above _ and + so that things like
(1,5) U (7,10) - {8} U (2,3) will do ((1,5) U (7,10)) - ({8} U (2,3))
rather than the previous (1,5) U ((7,10) - {8}) U (2,3). Finally,
added a constant 'R' to the Interval context that is equivalent to
(-inf,inf), so you can do things like R-{0} now.
Still need to work out reducing unions so that things like (1,3)U(2,4)
can become (1,4).
Revision
3476 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 20:32:15 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
hide options panel here too -- closes bug #802.
Revision
3475 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 20:27:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed view options panel, "try it" link preserves displayMode. closes
bug #802.
Revision
3474 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 14:37:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changes needed for new Set object, plus for moving string, TeX and
perl into Value.pm. Also removed unneeded spaces in perl versions of
the constants (these were to fix problems with the minus sign, but
that is now being handled by the minus operators themselves).
Revision
3473 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 14:34:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changes needt for Set object, and fixed a bug with unions containing
constant intervals with non-constant ones.
Revision
3472 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 14:33:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changes needed to Set object. Also, use Parser to handle unions
defined as strings rather than doing it by hand (that's the whole
point, isn't it?). Added object promotion from lower-precedence
classes (for better error messages), and fixed up the comparison
routine.
Revision
3471 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 14:28:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changes needed for Set object, better handling of an interval given as
a string, and a few misc. fixes.
Revision
3470 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 14:25:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changes needed for new Set object, and moving of string, TeX and perl
methods to Value.pm
Revision
3469 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 14:23:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added changes needed for the new Set object.
Revision
3468 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 14:22:36 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added in the Set object class. Also made more comprehensive defaults
for string, TeX and perl output, so these don't have to be subclassed
so often. These handle looking up the open and close parens and
recursively handling the entries in a list-type object.
Revision
3467 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 14:20:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Properly maintain open and close parens in emtpy lists.
Revision
3466 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 14:19:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added new Set object class to the Parser. It implements a finite set
of real numbers, for use with unions and intervals. E.g., (1,2) U {3}
or (1,2) U {3,4,5}. You can created Set objects in your perl code via
the Set() command, e.g, Set(3,4,5) or Set("{1,2,3}"). You should set
the Context to Context("Interval") if you plan to use Set objects, as
this defined the braces to form sets (rather than using them as
parentheses, which is the default WW behavior). Note that in Interval
context, you can NOT use braces as parentheses.
Current, Set objects are only allowed to be sets of numbers. It would
be possible to extend that in the future.
Revision
3465 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 00:38:33 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make upper-case alias a hidden one (since it is not needed for the
pattern).
Revision
3464 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 11 00:37:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Dereference aliases to aliases properly.
Revision
3463 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 10 23:05:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Default behavior of number_list_cmp set to be backward compatible
(no hints of any kind or partial credit). These features can now be
activated by optional arguments.
Also improvements on parser-based interval_cmp.
Revision
3462 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 10 18:57:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Hopefully improved some of how the temporary context is set for number_list_cmp.
Many whitespace changes (spaces to tabs). Work in progress for a version of
interval_cmp which uses Parser, temporarily called interval_cmp2.
Revision
3461 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 10 18:02:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make .def searching thread-safe (resolves bug #814).
changed @found_set_defs to be a lexical local to get_set_defs().
replaced get_set_defs_wanted() with a closure over @found_set_defs
defined in get_set_defs().
output is identical to the previous case, but no global(-ish) variables
are used.
Revision
3460 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 10 15:07:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Interval (and Union) checker now accepts requireParenMatch flag for
deciding whether the interval type must match. Setting
requireParenMatch to 0 will let (1,2) match (1,2] or [1,2], etc.
Revision
3459 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 10 15:05:34 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Cosmetic change.
Revision
3458 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 10 14:28:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The Parser versions of num_cmp and fun_cmp incorrectly left the
current Context set to the base context used by the answer checker.
The Context is now correctly reset to the one in effect before the
call to num_cmp or fun_cmp.
Also removed some redundant values in if-then checks.
Revision
3457 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 10 14:22:48 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Enable commas when mode=>"frac" is specified.
Revision
3456 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 9 22:22:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
groundwork for preserving non-authentication state (which probably won't
get used)
Revision
3455 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 8 15:56:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Changed number_list_cmp to use Parser.
Revision
3454 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 4 23:30:22 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add special case for no problems, closing bug #811.
Revision
3453 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 4 22:45:34 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix bug #803: corrected typo that prevented course renaming from working.
Revision
3452 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 4 21:35:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
cosmetic changes, disable experimental components by default.
Revision
3451 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 4 00:58:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Can't separate the form into two separate forms (as in the previous
update) otherwise the values of the checkboxes in the lower section
are lost when a button in the upper section is clicked. So we'll have
to assume that if a user selects a file, he really wants it to be
uploaded. (He can always use the BACK button on the browser to back
out of it if necessary.)
Revision
3450 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 3 22:25:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
test
Revision
3449 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 3 22:19:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added problem count to basic library panel, and text chapters/sections
to advanced library panel.
Revision
3448 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 1 22:03:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed indentation (see crabby reminder below).
The code I just fixed was using four spaces for one level of indentation
and a tab character for two levels of indentation. apparently, this is a
variation on the "use spaces for indentation" philosophy that also
replaces any run of eight spaces with a tab. this is NOT the way we've
been doing things in webwork, and consistency is important (I think).
===> the webwork indentation policy <===
We use the TAB character to indicate a level of indentation, and SPACE
characters to line things up in lists. I understand there is some debate
as to whether is it appropriate to use "hard" tabs in text files. We do
it because some of the WeBWorK developers prefer to view the code with
wider indentation (say, eight columns) and some prefer narrower
indentation (say, three or four columns). Thus, we use hard tabs for
initial indentation and let each developer chose a tab width using their
editor.
Here in an example of when to use tabs and spaces. ---> represents a tab
character.
my %errors = (
--->not_found => "The record was not found.",
--->invalid_id => "The record ID is invalid.",
--->undefined_or_unknown => "The record was undefined or unknown.",
);
sub bar {
--->my ($self, @recs) = @_;
--->foreach my $rec (@recs) {
--->--->my $Rec = $self->getRec($rec);
--->--->if ($Rec->error) {
--->--->--->warn $errors{$Rec->error};
--->--->} else {
--->--->--->foo($Rec->a, $Rec->b);
--->--->--->baz(
--->--->--->--->origin => $Rec->origin,
--->--->--->--->destination => $Rec->destination,
--->--->--->--->widgets_per_second => $Rec->widgets_per_second,
--->--->--->--->score => $Rec->score,
--->--->--->--->email_address => $Rec->email_address,
--->--->--->);
--->--->}
--->}
}
As you can see, indentation that is used to "line up" elements on
adjacent lines uses spaces, while indentation that is used to indicate
some structural heirarchy in the code uses tabs.
Revision
3447 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 1 19:23:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a hack to get around Netscape 7.1 bug with onChange event
handler not being called when an upload file has been selected.
Revision
3446 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 1 15:14:20 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug that would cause step() to produce an error when called on
a constant value. Also, added fact() function that was defined in
Algparser but not in Parser (which uses x! notation).
Revision
3445 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 1 14:20:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added missing "step" function that was defined in the AlgParser but
not in the Parser.
Be sure to copy the updated PGanswermacros.pl to the pg/macros directory.
Revision
3444 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 1 13:10:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make List("1,2,3") work like List("1","2","3") rather than produce a
list with one element that is a list.
Revision
3443 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 1 12:42:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added postfilter to Parser-based implementation of NUM_CMP so that the
student's answer is updated to be the result of evaluating the answer
(when there is no error in evaluating the answer). This correctly
reflects the behaviour of the original NUM_CMP.
Revision
3442 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 1 12:37:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo that caused hilighting of the position of errors to be lost.
Revision
3441 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 1 12:04:23 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updates to make mode=>'frac' properly emulate the original num_cmp
behavior (it now allows decimals and fractions instead of requiring a
fraction). There is also a new LimitedNumeric-StrictFraction context
(not currently used) that disallows decimals and requires fractions.
Revision
3440 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 1 12:01:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Folded in Mike's changes for status messages.
Revision
3439 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 31 19:49:51 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Update to match revision in database structure (chapter and section tables).
Revision
3438 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 31 18:13:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Sort course names without regard to case.
Revision
3437 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 31 17:27:21 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Updating the user interface. The checkbox to include webwork administrators in s
a course is now on by default.
The default templates course to copy when creating a new course can now be set in global.conf.
This is the course that automatically comes up by default in the pop-up menu.
Revision
3436 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 31 17:24:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Make "modelCourse" the default course to use as a model when creating a new course.
The contents of the templates directory of modelCourse is copied into the templates
directory of the new course.
Revision
3435 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 31 15:33:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed unordered list to ordered list.
Revision
3434 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 31 15:26:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
User interface changes added. All courses are sorted without regard to case.
The main page now lists all available courses and their database type -- finding the
database type slows things down a bit, so this might not be a desirable feature when
there are many courses.
It also discovers missing course.conf files. If the course.conf file is missing then it's more
likely that the database type is not accurate.
Revision
3433 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 30 17:26:45 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added useful links to the macro list and the pod_docs
in addition to the incomplete manpages.
These are still temporary measures for improving the documentation
for those writing problems.
Revision
3432 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 30 01:49:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
I've changed errorOutput($error,$details) to accept a reference to a string
or to an array for $details. These are automatically converted to the proper form.
References should be used when the $details points to a large number of bytes, such
as the contents of a file.
This version is not faster than the original method where $details was always a
string, sometimes a very long string. It does seem to save memory however.
Further savings in memory could be obtained by print directly, but there are a few instances
which call errorOutput and then do further formatting before printing.
At the moment it doesn't seem to be worth it to make the change from return to print.
Revision
3431 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 30 00:13:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fix glitch in keeping menus in sync in advanced search panel, and deal
better with undefined parameters.
Revision
3430 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 29 21:43:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Backing out of the changes just made for a moment. I've discovered that making this switch:
CGI::p(CGI::code($details)),
to
CGI::code(CGI::p($details)),
speeds things up immensly. (From 165 seconds down to 12 seconds on the example I'm doing.)
Even without any other changes. Since the other changes complicate things a bit, I'll put
off adding the ability to have $details be a reference.
It's possible that allowing $details to be passed as a reference is a good idea anyway,
on general principles. I want first to see if it makes a difference in terms of memory
consumption.
Revision
3429 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 29 21:27:48 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
When print error output errorOutput($error, $details)
allow $details to be a reference to a string or a reference
to an array. This may not make much difference when the details
are short, but it can make a very large difference if the details
are long.
Revision
3428 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 29 21:25:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure that the timers flush after every print . :-)
Revision
3427 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 29 20:45:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
More improvements on library - advanced panel. Still a work in progress.
Revision
3426 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 29 19:44:04 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Fix use of $SIG{__WARN__} and $SIG{__DIE__}.
* Each change to $SIG{__WARN__} and $SIG{__DIE__} is now dynamically
scoped with "local", rather than changing globally and then restoring at
the end of the block.
* The special value "DEFAULT" is used instead of sub {CORE::die(@_)} or
sub {CORE::warn(@_)} when preparing to eval STRING code.
* Where $SIG{__WARN__} and $SIG{__DIE__} are overridden to do
preprocessing with PG_errorMessage, the previously installed handlers
will be called instead of the built-in warn or die functions after
preprocessing occurs. (For example, the warn and die handlers defined in
Apache::WeBWorK or the warn handler defined in WeBWorK::PG will be
called.)
* The behavior in process_answers is modified so that the custom
handlers are installed once before the answer evaluation loop. This
causes them to be in effect during the setup/teardown code, but I don't
think this will be a problem.
Revision
3425 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 21:25:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed minor glitch from problems not associated to any textbook.
Revision
3424 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 21:12:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added advanced search panel for database library. Still more features
to come.
Revision
3423 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 19:49:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Adding final problems for modelCourse
Revision
3422 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 19:46:45 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
adding setDemo files to modelCourse
Revision
3421 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 19:45:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
adding more files to make modelCourse conform with hosted.webwork version
Revision
3420 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 19:42:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
updating modelCourse to conform to hosted.webwork
Revision
3419 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 19:39:10 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Updating modelCourse to conform to the version currently on hosted.webwork
Revision
3418 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 19:11:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Correcting version of modelCourse to bring it in line with the model course currently on
hosted.webwork
Revision
3417 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 17:22:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Adding template contents to modelCourse
Revision
3416 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 28 15:24:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a missing start_form and hidden authentication. These had been
dropped in a recent revision.
This closes bug #806
Revision
3415 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 27 18:48:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug for problem library version 2 - now it can select problems from
all sections, or all chapters and all sections, etc.
Revision
3414 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 27 17:04:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Changed column label of Id to Login Name to be consistent with other pages.
Also aligned the headers to top, which looks nicer if needed for a narrow
browser window.
Revision
3413 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 27 16:43:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
More changes for problem library version 2: changed interface for getting
lists of problems so variable amounts of data can be passed. Also removed
an unneeded button.
Revision
3412 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 27 16:42:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
More changes for problem library version 2.
Revision
3411 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 27 16:31:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Changes for problem library version 2 to support recent change to setmaker.
Revision
3410 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 27 16:30:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Mainly improvements for problem library version 2. Also removed comments
and added "Edit it" link back in for library problems. These were not the
only read-only problems in a course, and being able to Edit it, and then
save as is pretty useful.
Revision
3409 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 26 22:28:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Initial support for version 2 of the problem library.
Revision
3408 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 26 22:28:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Update to support version 2 of the ProblemLibrary.
Revision
3407 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 26 21:15:04 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Preparing for upgrading webwork part of problem library code. Adding a
variable for version so we can maintain backward compatibility.
Revision
3406 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 26 20:49:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Update Scoring.pm to deal with versioned (gateway) sets. For sets with
assignment_type of 'gateway' or 'proctored_gateway' we report the user's
score to be the score s/he attained on her or his most successful
version of the set.
Revision
3405 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 26 17:39:22 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
The two middle parts of the top area really go together, so the line between
them is now less emphatic.
Revision
3404 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 26 17:35:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Lots of indentation fixup, and started adding code for new and improved
problem library. Still compatible with current "Problem Library".
Revision
3403 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 26 16:35:10 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
first steps towards an SQL-specific version of DB.pm. I'm not quite sure
how I'm going to proceed on this. We tried too much abstraction, but I
don't want to end up with not enough abstraction, either.
Revision
3402 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 25 17:29:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Add browsing by set definition files. It will do a full search for these
files, and do some work to find the actual pg files. Also, a minor fix
in the lists of sets in the current course (the "Select ..." line was being
added twice in some cases), some indentation fixing in the souce, and
renamed a variable. Long ago, SetMaker used set definition files, and
then that was replaced with database lookup but a variable still had
setdef in its name. Now that it uses both, this needing fixing.
Revision
3401 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 23 21:13:42 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Adding experimental modules which support Preflight
Revision
3400 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 22 22:59:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Made listVariables and listFormVariables synonyms for listing all variables available to
the problem.
Revision
3399 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 22 22:54:57 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Say something useful if there is an error when creating a new set. Also
fixed some indentation.
Revision
3398 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 22 22:48:28 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Redo change allowing . in set names.
Revision
3397 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 22 22:34:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Rearrange top panels (change really from Bill Z.) plus some tiny cosmetic
changes.
Revision
3396 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 22 21:20:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Made comparison safer when turning blank fields undefined (some are already
undefined).
Revision
3395 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 20 23:56:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug #781 and #783. Mostly involves editing the message
given instructors on the Grades.pm page.
Revision
3394 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 20 22:35:04 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Add a check box that determines whether the csv entries are padded
with spaces. Padding with spaces makes the text easier to read
but it interfers with some spread sheets which expect the csv entries
to contain no extraneous spaces.
We are still not using the CPAN standard CVS input/output mechanisms.
The code is in this module but it is not being used.
-- Mike
Revision
3393 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 20 18:30:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a modification of the grades that shows where the
state_summary_msg can be added. This message is
printed at the bottom of each problem page. The current default
is a blank message, which means that the default message
defined in Problem.pm is printed.
There is currently no way to turn the message off entirely. Perhaps
on the next revision.
Revision
3392 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 20 18:28:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error that kept the script from working on courses whose
names contained an underscore.
Added ` ` around course names to handle courses whose names
have hyphens in them (and other weird characters)
Added print comments so that you see a running commentary of what
is being changed. Once this script is debugged we might want
to turn these off.
Revision
3391 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 20 18:14:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changes to the reports of a problem status. This closes bug #631. It
also reports blank errors differently from incorrect answers to support
sequential problem graders. Finally it adds a "state_summary_msg" field
to the problem state which can be used to completely replace the
report on the current problem state usually printed at the bottom of a
problem page.
Revision
3390 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 20 18:12:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a ResultsAlert style ot ResultsWithError and ResultsWithoutError.
I am using it to color yellow a message alerting a student to the
existence of unanswered questions within a problem.
Revision
3389 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 19 17:22:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changed default paths from /usr/local to /usr as per old email:
On Aug 24, 2004, at 11:23 AM, Arnold Pizer wrote:
> In the tarball for WW 1.9 I reset all paths to /usr/bin/ (rather than
> /usr/local/bin which FreeBSD or at least Hoss uses). That way things
> work out of the box for most linux systems (all that I have played
> with). I think it would be a good thing to do with future releases on
> WW 2.
Sounds good to me.
-sam
Revision
3388 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 18 23:10:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add command-line utility to update sql and sql_single databases to include
gateway fields. Use: wwdb_addgw [-h] [sql|sql_single]
Adds fields to the set and set_user tables in the WeBWorK mysql databases
that are required for the gateway module. The script prompts for which
courses to modify. Adding gateway database fields to existing courses
should have no effect on those courses, even if they are running under a
non-gateway aware version of the WeBWorK system. (I haven't rigorously
tested this.)
If -h is supplied, the script hides the mysql password when it prompts for
it (this assumes that a Unix based stty -echo works). If sql or sql_single
are supplied, they become the default database format.
Note that this has been tested, but not rigorously. Please let me know
if you find that it does not perform as advertised. It might be wise to
back up the database tables before using, and to check that it does what
we expect (that is, adds columns to the set and set_user tables) after
running it.
Revision
3387 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 16 22:31:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added documentation for macros used in constructing
sequential problems.
Revision
3386 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 16 22:01:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Macros that aid the construction sequentialProblems. For these
problems certain sections of text are hidden until earlier
answers have been answered correctly.
-- Mike
Revision
3385 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 16 21:59:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added support for sequentialProblems.
Revision
3384 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 16 19:24:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo related to useBaseTenLog.
Revision
3383 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 15 02:57:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo.
Revision
3382 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 14 20:37:35 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
In the login log, this will get the host's name if apache has been
configured to do that, otherwise it should get the ip number, and if
that somehow fails, we note it in the login log instead of to the user.
Revision
3381 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 14 20:20:15 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
When putting entries into the mysql database, put in "" as NULL. The
counterpart when retreiving values (that NULL is converted to "") is
already part of gets.
Revision
3380 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 14 18:17:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
If HostnameLookups is off in Apache's httpd.conf, then remote_host returns
an undefined value. Better than this fix would be to use get_remote_host,
but I couldn't get that to work on my system.
Revision
3379 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 14 16:23:11 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Correct commit of file with unresolved conflicts.
Revision
3378 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 14 14:30:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Add gateway template to templates hash.
Revision
3377 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 14 13:15:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Preliminary commit of changes to add Gateway module.
This adds to WeBWorK
- the ability to create versioned, timed problem sets ("gateway tests")
for which all problems are displayed on a single page ("versioned"
means that students can get multiple versions of the problem set),
- the ability to create sets that draw problems from groups of
problems, and
- the ability to create sets that require a proctor login to start
and grade.
Sets can be defined as gateway tests or proctored gateway tests from
the ProblemSetDetail page.
Not quite bug-free yet. Known bugs include handling of problem values
on the Student Progress page (I think this may be a problem with
changing from sql database format where all entries were 'text' to
sql_single in ver 2.1, where they are integer), and a division by zero
error on the grades page (which may be the same problem).
Tests with a number of attempts per version greater than one haven't
been carefully tested, nor has scoring of gateway tests.
Revision
3376 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 13 18:03:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
glarose
Original Path:
trunk
Test commit prior to initial full commit of files for addition of the
Gateway testing module. (CVS reports that Authz.pm has changed, but
unix diff shows no changes, so this is testing if CVS will actually
register a change to the file.)
Revision
3375 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 13 03:03:25 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file implements an easy way to add functions that are defined
within the Parser's Context. See the comments in the file itself for
documentation on how to use it.
Revision
3374 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 13 01:46:49 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Wrong correction in the previous commit. Use CODE::push
Revision
3373 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 13 01:23:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Made modifications that allow use of complex numbers in matrices. You can
also LR decompose a non-square matrix. Documentation is still needed
and further testing.
Revision
3372 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 13 01:22:43 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Made modifications that allow the use of complex numbers in matrices
Revision
3371 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 12 22:39:56 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make error messages potentially localizable (by making them use
sprintf-style strings rather than variable subtitution).
Revision
3370 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 12 22:29:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
A first pass at making parser error messages localizable. The
Context()->{error}{msg} hash can be used to specify translations of
the standard messages. For example,
Context()->{error}{msg}{'Division by zero'} = "Don't divide by zero, dude!";
Context()->{error}{msg}{'Function '%s' has too many inputs'} =
"You passed too many arguments to '%s'";
(I didn't translate into another language, here, but you could do
that, too.)
The msg hash could also be used within answer checkers to make certain
answer messages more appropriate for the given type of expected answer.
Revision
3369 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 12 21:05:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed various perl compiler warnings (due to extra "my", and so on).
Revision
3368 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 12 02:06:03 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo.
Revision
3367 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 12 02:02:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with minus signs in formulas that are turned into perl
mode. Perl needs extra spaces to avoid problems with -e type operators.
Revision
3366 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 12 00:52:47 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added login logging and site_checkPassword support. closes bug #729. see
that bug for more information.
Revision
3365 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 12 00:52:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added login log.
Revision
3364 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 8 21:45:14 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo in installation instructions.
Revision
3363 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 7 02:40:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added some pod documentation to this file. It needs more -- several methods
of MatrixReal1 have been overridden
Revision
3362 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 6 15:38:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make tth use unicode for the preview (as it does for the calls within
the body of the problem). Also, do the preview in display mode, but
fix the tables so that they won't have unwanted borders (really need
to fix the ur.css to get this right) and remove the unneeded initial
<BR> that tth produces.
Revision
3360 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 22:13:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added some pod documentation
Revision
3359 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 21:58:51 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
chech tthPreamble path and mtime to deal with changes to the file
between runs. this is necessary now that dangerousMacros.pl is cached.
Closes bug #798.
Revision
3358 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 20:49:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
A couple of other problem set -> homework set changes.
Revision
3357 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 18:56:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
renamed "problem set" to "homework set" in page content.
closes bug #797.
Revision
3356 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 18:20:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Added support for the tthPreamble.tex file. The effect of this code is
the same as the corresponding code in dangerousMacros.pl:tth(), but the
technique is slightly different.
This is a hack. Eventually, we'd like to have a common out-of-sandbox
method of calling TTH.
Closes bug #799.
Revision
3355 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 18:16:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed tiny indentation problem
Revision
3354 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 17:54:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed incorrect method call to SaveHiidenFlags (should have been
HiddenFlags).
Revision
3353 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 01:43:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Don't load Parser.pl (it causes trouble with the Matrix.pm module).
We only needed it because of the calls to Real() that were being used
by Formula objects, so have them call Value::Real directly.
be sure to get the latest versions of Parser and Value (including the
top-level Parser.pm and Value.pm) in order to use this update.
Revision
3352 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 01:38:19 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Modified the perl() method to make calles to Value:: directly rather
than to the main:: stubs for creating Value objects. This will make
it work better from within packages or when Parser.pl hasn't been
loaded.
A few things still won't work in this case; e.g., calls to Closed()
for intervals (these could be handled better using ->with()) and to
functions like Factorial and log10 that are defined in Parser.pl.
Finally, there should be better object-based control over what
routines are called to create these objects, so that subclasses of the
Value objects will be able to be generated correctly.
Revision
3351 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 00:31:57 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modified formatting
Revision
3350 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 5 00:08:54 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Main file that calls in the legacy modules.
Revision
3349 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 22:11:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Add comment
Revision
3348 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 20:18:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Folded in Mike's changes to checkbox_cmp.
Revision
3347 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 20:12:22 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This is an attempt at making the traditional answer checkers call the
new Parser in place of their original ones. That is, if you follow
the instructions in the README file, then problems that use
std_num_cmp(), fun_cmp(), etc. will really be using the new Parser
instead of the original PGanswermacros.pl versions.
The old answer checkers are still available, and can be switched back
on a site-wide, course-wide, or problem-by-problem basis. See the
README for details.
Revision
3346 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 19:52:38 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Rewrote checkbox_cmp as an AnswerEvaluator
Revision
3345 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 19:49:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Reworked some of the code for AnswerEvaluator
The messages printed out when using the debug flag should now
be somewhat better.
-- Mike
Revision
3344 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 19:39:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with sorting (problem with $a, $b, I think).
Revision
3343 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 16:21:04 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle TeX versions of variables whose names include underscores
better.
Revision
3342 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 15:53:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Better messages when adaptive parameters are too big.
Revision
3341 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 15:43:53 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Implement "remove trailing zeros" format, like in prfmt(). I still
think '%g' works better in most cases ('%f#' will print larger values
without using scientific notation, which is nice, but will print small
numbers like .000000005 as 0, even though the fuzzy comparison of this
to zero will not be true.)
Revision
3340 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 15:22:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Commenting out unused code. This file still needs a lot of work.
Revision
3339 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 15:22:22 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Don't use the overloaded Real class for doing adaptive parameter
checks (use non-fuzzy checks, since we are checking the fuzziness by hand).
Revision
3338 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 15:21:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Restored str_filters -- removing it broke some of the other answer evaluators.
str_filters takes a string, filters it and then returns the filtered string.
The actual filters have been changed to work with answer hashes rather than with
strings, so str_filters warps the string in an answer hash before sending it through
the filters.
sorry for the breakage.
-- Mike
Revision
3337 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 13:18:47 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Better spacing of jsMath output in the answer preview area.
Revision
3336 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 13:15:57 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Change so as not to use raw HTML in the error messages.
Revision
3335 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 4 03:28:09 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow Parser::Number::NoDecimals() to accept a context to be modified
(rather than always changing the curent context).
Revision
3334 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 3 20:10:37 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updates to allow string matches to be case-insensitive. This is now
the default, and can be overridden in the Context by setting the
string's "caseSensitive" attribute. e.g.:
Context()->strings->add("FooBar"=>{caseSensitive=>1});
would rewuire "FooBar" to be entered exactly as typed.
Revision
3333 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 3 20:06:33 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Adjusted some spacing
Revision
3332 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 3 20:05:28 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug in the enable/disable routines that would cause them to
always work on the current context rather than the one whose
enable/disable method was being called.
Revision
3331 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 2 17:04:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an error in creating the tarred archives (I had messed it up
when adding the report of how many files were archived).
Revision
3330 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 2 16:52:31 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Major updates to the file manager to allow it to:
1. Show dates and sizes of files (optionally, since some browsers
don't handle the CSS to change to a monospaced font).
2. Provide better control over renaming of uploaded files whose
names already exist (there is a checkbox for overwriting them
automatically; if unchecked, the user is prompted for a new name).
3. Allow the creation or gzipped tar archives from files in the
course directory. Multiple files and directories can be selected
to be included in the archive. If only one file is selected, the
archive will have it's name with ".tgz" appended; if mulitple
files are selected, the archive will get a unique name starting
with the course ID.
4. Provide a checkbox that controls whether uploaded .tgz archives
are unpacked automatically, and a second that controls whether the
unpacked archive file is deleted afterward. Files from the
archive will be unpacked into the current directory, and will
overwrite existing files silently.
5. Follow symbolic links that are to files or directories within the
course hierarchy. In addition, there is a new variable in
global.conf that provides a list of "valid links"; these are
directories to which the FileManager is allowed to follow symbolic
links. The system administator can add directories to this list
in order to allow professors to access limited areas outside their
course directory (but they still need to have a symblic link
within their course to those areas in order to view them).
I think this covers all the current FileManager requests, and this
closes bug#791.
Revision
3329 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 1 23:52:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Moved the task of sending the emails to the students to a post_processing portion of the
request handling.
When you email a class, an HTML message is returned informing you that the messages will
be sent. Once the process is completed an email notification is sent to the user (instructor)
sending the email.
This has been lightly tested.
Revision
3328 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 1 15:52:36 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added commment
Revision
3326 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 1 12:14:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug in which the constant 'function' BASE64_ENCODED was not being
evaluated inside the matching and substitution statements. Replaced
the constant by using the construction
our $BASE64_ENCODED = 'base64_encoded:';
instead. The variable is properly interpolated inside the matching
and substitution statements.
Revision
3325 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 29 17:10:11 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added comments.
Revision
3324 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 29 16:19:42 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug in radio_cmp closing bug #258. We now check to make
sure that only a single string is being passed and not an array.
(The latter occurs if checkboxes are used instead of radio buttons.)
The presence of two checked checkboxes triggers a warning.
Revision
3323 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 29 02:48:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
MASSIVE changes to str_cmp and related subroutines (mostly in STR_CMP).
This answer evaluator now produces an AnswerEvaluator type rather than
a subroutine.
Revision
3322 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 29 02:47:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected how preview_latex_strings are handled when two
AnswerHashes are ANDed or ORed.
Revision
3321 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 29 02:46:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem with showing answers when printing hardcopy
(no idea why this wasn't reported earlier). The CGI::checkboxes
use "on" and nothing to denote whether a checkbox is checked.
We expect 1 or 0 (or undef).
Revision
3320 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 28 19:38:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Format changes.
Revision
3319 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 28 19:36:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Many changes to this file. I've fixed multi_cmp which
will check a comma separated string of answers.
I have commented out many other routines which do not appear
to be in use.
Revision
3318 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 28 00:16:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
set closed message differentiates between sets that have not yet opened
and sets that used to be open. resolves bug #724.
Revision
3317 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 28 00:14:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed comment about port number to describe new >= 8000 numbering scheme
Revision
3316 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 27 00:06:30 2005 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removed warning message about "users" . We closed the bug defining
multiple users awhile ago so we don't need this anymore. It's
causing trouble
with UserList.pm which now has fields
visible_users and prev_visible_users.
Revision
3315 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 25 16:21:46 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an incorrect error message when using the revert button.
Revision
3314 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 24 20:11:23 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed conceptual error in compare_vec_solution. This should fix bug
#670. In my opinion the entire concept of vec_solution_cmp should be
reconsidered. In solving an underdetermined linear equation of the form
Ax-b=0 it seems to me that the solutions answer in the form:
x= a +bt+cu+ds where a,b,c,d are vectors should simply be evaluated
to see if it satisfies Ax-b=0 for 5 or six values of a,b,c,d --
checking the solution should use a
vector valued version of fun_cmp.
As it is, the student's coefficients for a,b,c,d are compared with the
instructors to see if they span the same space. This is quite a bit more
complicated -- and indeed the method came up with the wrong answer.
I believe I have the method corrected, but I would suggest that this
answer evaluator be replaced with one which operates more
directly and is therefore easier to maintain. Am I missing something in
this analysis? Has someone else created answer evaluators for this type
of problem?
-- Mike
Revision
3312 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 23 17:53:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
When sorting by clicking a label, concatonate visable user id's into a
string so that more my be sent without exceeding MSIE limit on URL's
Arnie
Revision
3311 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 23 02:33:03 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
The TIMEOUT constant which is now defined in WeBWorK::Cosntants and is
(and was) used in WeBWorK::PG::Local gives the time in seconds
that is allowed for rendering one PG problem. The old value was 5 minutes
which was probably way too long. The default in WeBWorK::Constants has been
set to 60 seconds. If no value is set then 10 seconds is used.
-- Mike
Revision
3310 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 22 16:13:18 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Tweaked documentation
Revision
3309 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 22 15:54:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Additional changes to the writeLogs functions. Now surePathToFile
is used to make sure that the logs are created if they are not
already there.
Revision
3308 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 22 15:21:43 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Resetting Timing::Logfile to empty.
I have left the default value for dvipngArgs so that it works with
dvipng versions greater than 1.0
Revision
3307 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 22 15:18:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Use the Timing::HiRes module to calculate timing data for each
request. This gives more accurate timing data (using the unix
time gives only to the nearest second). I am printing the elapsed
time to 3 decimal places, it could be to 6 if that is desirable.
This will help us evaluate whether changes are increasing or decreasing
the speed with which requests are serviced.
Revision
3306 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 22 15:13:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added documentation to writeTimingLogEntry
Revision
3305 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 21 19:56:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
New context which allows students to use C(n,r) and P(n,r) in their
answers. To support this, the webwork versions of these functions
have been moved from PGaux... to PGcommon...
Revision
3304 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 21 19:43:59 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Put in hacks to get around: Maximum URL Length Is 2,083 Characters in Internet
Explorer. When sorting by clicking labels we use the GET method and send the
user_id's of the visable users so that we only sort visable users but for over
about 110 students this is above MSIE's limit. If the total URL is under the
limit we will pass visable users. If it is over, we will not pass any and all
users will be displayed. The is almost enought to amke me use FireFox.
Maybe we should replace the GET method by POST but that requires a greater change.
Arnie
Revision
3303 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 21 14:48:02 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
When exporting classlist to a file, tell the user the name and location of the
resulting file (e.g. templates/math1.lst) so they can find it in the File Mannager
Arnie
Revision
3302 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 21 02:13:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
The classlist data can now be sorted by clicking on headings.
Revision
3300 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 20 22:38:16 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
New module for comparing two pg files in webwork. You get both rendered
versions of the files and diffs. This initial version is pretty much
just bare-bones.
Revision
3299 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 17 15:39:26 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Sorting by permission now works.
Revision
3298 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 16 15:32:02 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
New flag showAllErrors for when a custom checker is supplied. This
will cause all errors generated in the user's code to be reported
(normally, messages from the Value and Parser packages are ignored).
Revision
3297 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 16 04:04:23 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typos in comments.
Revision
3296 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 16 04:03:40 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem with auto-generated functions getting an incomplete
variable list.
Revision
3295 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 16 00:52:13 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed documentation for $graph->size()
Revision
3294 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 15 23:55:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Implements a Parser context in which only polynomials (of a single
variable) can be entered. Only sums of multiples of powers of the
variable are allowed to be entered (though the coefficients can
contain mathematical operations). An optional flag lets you specify
that only one term of each degree is allowed, so the student would
have to combine 1+x+x+x^2 to get 1+2x+x^2 in that case.
Revision
3293 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 15 22:21:08 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added separate file for rendering operation
Revision
3292 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 15 22:17:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Cosmetic change to pretty_print_rh
Revision
3291 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 15 22:00:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Changed whitespace removal of TeX strings to safer version.
Revision
3290 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 15 21:46:12 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
This change affects course creation using mysql. Field types are now
determined by DB/Record/*.pm in the function SQL_TYPES. Key fields
which are text are set to binary types (blobs) so that indexing on those
fields is case sensitive. The net result should be fast database access
while still having it be case-sensitive in the searching.
Revision
3287 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 10 18:02:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Added the ability to change passwords on the classlist page and fixed up sorting a bit.
For example commented out sorting by permission which didn't work. I'll work on sorting
next fixing the above and allowing profs to sort by clicking on heading as on the
Student Progress page.
Arnie
Revision
3285 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 10 16:06:55 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Bringing HEAD and rel-2-1-patches in line
Revision
3284 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 10 16:01:29 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Bring HEAD and rel-2-1-patches in line with each other.
Revision
3281 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 10 02:23:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This file can contain a system wide message. It is displayed on each
login page. It's location and name are specified in global.conf
Revision
3280 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 10 02:22:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected usage help message
Revision
3274 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 9 11:16:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed Disable() and Enable() so that they can be called as
Context()->functions->disable()
and
Context()->functions->enable()
as well as
Parser::Context::Functions::Disable()
and
Parser::Context::Functions::Enable()
The former is the preferred syntax.
Revision
3273 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 6 02:32:20 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Forgot to check hardcopy mode. Fixed some problems with that. The
answer array items have to turn off verbatim mode that is used when
answer are included in the hardcopy. This causes paragraph breaks
between entries in a singleResult MultiPart that includes ans_arrays,
which make the output less pretty, but at least they show up.
Revision
3272 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 6 00:46:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added styles to make Parser's ans_array methods show up properly in
the student answer and correct answer blocks.
The style for the td in the results table causes havoc for tables that
are nested in there. This solves is for Parser produced answer
arrays, but it is still messed up for the standard ans_array() and for
the output of tth (the formatted text option).
The way the style for this table is handled should probably be
changed. Perhaps if we could override for td's in tables nested in
the results area? I don't know enough about CSS to figure that out.
Revision
3270 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 6 00:01:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file implements a Multi-Part parser object that allows you to tie
several input blanks to a single answer checker that can compare the
student's answers in several blanks in order to determine which are
correct.
For example:
$mp = MultiPart("x^2",1,-1)->with(
singleResult => 1,
checker => sub {
my ($correct,$student,$self) = @_; # get the parameters
my ($f,$x1,$x2) = @{$student}; # extract the student answers
Value::Error("Function can't be the identity") if ($f == 'x');
Value::Error("Function can't be constant") if ($f->isConstant);
return $f->eval(x=>$x1) == $f->eval(x=>$x2);
},
);
.
BEGIN_TEXT
\(f(x)\) = \{$mp->ans_rule(20)\} produces the same value
at \(x\) = \{$mp->ans_rule(10)\} as it does at \(x\) = \{$mp->ans_rule(10)\}.
END_TEXT
ANS($mp->cmp);
This produces three answer blanks all tied to the same checker, which
is supplied by the user when the MultiPart is specified. This one
checks if two inputs to a function provide the same output.
The answer blanks can each produce a separate row in the results area
at the top of the page, or they con be combined into a single row, as
in this case. The checker routine can provide error messages for
individual parts via the setMessage() method, or for the problem as a
whole, as above. Finally, the ans_array() method can be used to
produce answer blanks for individual entries for those objects that
support such arrays.
See the documentation at the top of the file for additional details.
Revision
3269 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 5 23:52:11 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to have Matrix, Vector and Point objects produce input
arrays similar to the ones available in PGmatrixmacros.pg. This
provides some substantial new functionality, and it may still have
some shaking down to do, but it should not affect the existing
functionality of the answer checkers.
To create an answer array for a matrix, vector or point, use the new
ans_array() or named_ans_array() methods of these objects. For
example:
Context("Matrix");
$M = Matrix([1,2],[3,4]);
BEGIN_TEXT
\{$M->TeX\} = \{$M->ans_array\}
END_TEXT
ANS($M->cmp);
This creates a matrix, then prints it ans creates an answer array of
the appropriate size for the matrix. The answer checker will
automatically know to handle the multiple entry blanks.
To used a named answer rule, use:
Context("Matrix");
$M = Matrix([1,2],[3,4]);
BEGIN_TEXT
\{$M->TeX\} = \{$M->named_ans_array('fred')\}
END_TEXT
NAMED_ANS(fred => $M->cmp);
Both methods also take an optional argument that specifies the width
of the answer rules. The default is 5.
You can get a multi-input point or vector array as well, and you can
make column vectors as follows:
Context("Vector");
$V = ColumnVector("1+x","3x","1-x");
BEGIN_TEXT
\{$V->TeX\} = \{$V->ans_array\}
END_TEXT
ANS($V->cmp);
Note that you can make answer arrays for matrices and vectors of
formulas as well as constants, provided the formula is an explicit
matrix or vector of formulas, and is not obtained by matrix
arithmatic.
For concistencey, all objets now have ans_rule and named_ans_rule
methods as well. The default width is 20 for these.
Revision
3268 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 5 23:36:28 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Removed some unused lines and comments.
Removed unnecessary spaces from around answer-rule-extension rules,
and made the TeX version of this rule be based on the width, as is
the case for ans_rule.
Revision
3267 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 5 23:25:20 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow for vectors to be marked as Column Vectors.
Revision
3266 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 5 23:24:29 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Better handling of delimiters that are explicitly set byt he user.
Fixed an incorrect call during object class promotion.
Added ability to sepcify that a vector is a Column Vector.
Revision
3265 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 5 23:22:20 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Better handling of open and close delimiters that are explicitly set.
Revision
3264 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 5 23:18:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix some incorrect calls when the promoting types to higher precedence
object types.
Revision
3263 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 5 23:08:32 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug with Matrix->perl() method that would cause an extra level
of nesting in constant matrices.
Revision
3262 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 5 20:25:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo
Revision
3261 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 4 13:50:41 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Avoid possible infinite loop with length and typeref calls.
Revision
3260 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 4 13:50:01 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Remove unneeded comment.
Revision
3259 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 3 22:03:23 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a ->with() method that lets you set fields of a Parser object as
you create it. For example:
$f = Formula("sqrt(x)")->with(limits=>[0,3]);
or
ANS(Formula("(x+1)/x")->with(checkUndefinedPoints=>1,test_at=>[[0]])->cmp);
or
ANS($f->with(test_points=>[[0],[1],[2]])->cmp);
Revision
3258 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 3 19:14:00 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Better control over number of points that can be undefined, and
new ability to specify required test points plus additional random
ones. (Previously, if you set the test points, no random points were
generated.) For example:
$f = Formula("(x^2-1)/(x-1)");
$f->{test_at} = [[1]]; # test at x=1 plus random points
as opposed to
$f->{test_points} = [[-1],[0],[1]];
which tests only the points x = -1, x = 0 and x = 1.
Revision
3257 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 2 22:50:24 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Modified the Formula answer checker to allow checking of points where
the functions are undefined (i.e., attempt to check that the domains
agree). This can be enabled by setting the checkundefinedPoints flag
in the Context(), or in the formula itself. Test points where the
function is undefined will be retained and the student's answer will
have to be undefined at the same points. If the points are selected
at random, the points where the function is undefined are kept in
addition to the ones where it is defined, so the required number of
test points where the function IS defined will still need to be
found. The number of undefined points can be up to the number of
defined points. This number can be reduced by setting the
max_undefined flag. If you want to guarantee that a specific
undefined point be tested, you can provide that point using the
test_points field of the formula. For example:
Context()->flags->set(checkUndefinedPoints=>1);
$f = Formula("(x^2-1)/(x-1)");
$f->{test_points} = [[-1],[0],[1],[2]];
ANS($f->cmp);
will guarantee that the singularity at x=1 is tested, so the answer
x+1 will not be marked as correct.
If an answer matches at all the test points where the functions are
both defined, but some of the undefind points differ between the two
functions, the answer checker will generate an error message
indicating that the domains of the functions don't agree. (This is
ONLY generated with the functions match except for that.) This can be
controlled by setting the showDomainErrors flag in the formula's cmp()
call:
ANS($f->cmp(showDomainErrors=>0));
The default is to show these errors.
Revision
3256 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 2 19:53:06 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an accidental hard-coded operation from always being "add" to
being the correct operation when promoting the operations to an object
of higher precedence. (But since formulas are normally the highest
precedence, this will never have occurred.)
Revision
3255 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 2 18:22:58 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Make all sorts case insensitive
Revision
3254 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 2 16:37:11 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Allows connection of WeBWorK with Moodle via SOAP. This
feature is still under development.
Revision
3253 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 2 16:32:52 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
These two files provide a connection via SOAP with Moodle. You will
need to modify the webwork.apache-config file as well.
Revision
3252 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 2 15:18:50 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
1. Don't put any spaces before any numerical data in .csv output. Excel
doesn't have a problem with this but other spreadsheets do according to Mike.
2. Keep backups of all totals files and never overwrite a backup. The File
Manager can be used to delete any unwanted backups.
Arnie
Revision
3251 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 1 17:22:23 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Add the line
Any changes made below will be reflected in the set for ALL students.
to the top of the Hmwk Set Editor page
Arnie
Revision
3250 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 1 15:05:17 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Sorting to three levels is obtained by clicking on headings.
Arnie
Revision
3249 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 1 05:23:07 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
test of logging
Revision
3248 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 1 05:22:51 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
start using activitymail-from script again
Revision
3247 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 31 19:53:44 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Allow periods in set names. This has been tested for a while without
ill effects. Such sets already exist - they can be created
in the Library Browser, but when they were exported, they could not be
re-imported.
Revision
3246 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 31 16:54:14 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
On web page, display a pretty sort_mthod_name. E.g. remove underscores.
Arnie
Revision
3245 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 27 17:41:27 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
pad entries with appended (rather than prepended) spaces so that sorting
will work properly in Excel, etc.
Arnie
Revision
3244 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 27 16:34:29 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
The sorting order in scoring files is now never random. It is by last name,
then first name, and then by user_id and is case insensitive. Before it
was by last name only and case sensitive.
Arnie
Revision
3243 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 27 04:01:39 2005 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
changed a substitution call so that the directory path is recalculated
every time listLib is called. Before the substitution pattern was
calculated only when the child first started up and this caused
bad problems if a new call to listLib had a different library than
the one used when the child was initialized.
-- Mike
Revision
3242 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 26 18:18:40 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Allow sorting by first name, last name, or email address. Also default
sorting is by last name, then by first name, then by user_id where as before
it was by last name only.
Revision
3241 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 26 18:13:27 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
test of logging
Revision
3240 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 26 18:13:02 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
We're waiting on Hoss to recover the /usr/local/bin/activitymail-from
script from backup. In the mean time, I've set the from address to
webwork@math.rochester.edu, which is allowed by SourceForge.
Revision
3239 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 26 15:12:36 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
(1) problem numbers are left alligned
(2) problem values are listed
(3) no special message is given if problem value is 0
Revision
3238 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 26 12:59:19 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This is the model course that we use as a template to create new
courses on the development machine.
Revision
3237 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 20 16:34:20 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a location for site_info.txt
Revision
3236 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 20 16:31:33 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
The info section of the login picks up HTML text contained in the
webwork2/htdocs/site_info.txt file. This allows a site administrator
to post a message of the day or urgent site information which is
read by everyone logging into webwork.
The contents of the
course/templates/login_info.txt file is printed after
the site_info.txt message.
Revision
3235 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 20 16:28:25 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modifications that support import and export to gzipped disk files
Revision
3234 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri May 20 16:27:43 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Import and Export now create gzipped files in the template directory
of the admin course. These files can than be downloaded using
the FileManager. The export and import process are still VERY slow, but
at least it no longer matters if your browser times out.
Revision
3233 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 19 20:53:18 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problems with calculating the average grade correctly.
Regularized the code in Stats and StudentProgress
the next step is to a good chunk of the code which does the actual
arithmetic to a spot in Utils/ so that it can be called by
both Stats and StudentProgress.
This fixes bug 784
Revision
3232 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 19 16:17:44 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Use base64 to save answers -- this ensures that symbols
in the answer won't cause trouble. I have added a string
to the beginning of the encoded passage:
base64_encoded:AFDWERADADFRET
-- Mike
Revision
3231 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 19 15:34:48 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
useless commit to test logging
Revision
3230 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 19 01:09:03 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Committing a new xmlrpc client to replace xmlrpc_client4
Revision
3229 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 19 01:07:29 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Add a stub to allow SOAP access to webservice
Revision
3228 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 19 01:06:02 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Clean up commented out code.
Revision
3227 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu May 19 00:55:38 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
I've updated the clients so they work with the current configuration of
the apache server running in my directory (http://devel.webwork.rochester.edu:8002)
Once the webwork.apache-config files have been updated they should work on other
systems that are up-to-date with the cvs.
-- Mike
Revision
3226 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue May 17 18:40:12 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Put a spce in after bolf faced words
Revision
3225 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 14 01:42:25 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed loadMacros() to use search for amcros files via a
user-cusomizable path of directories. This is specified in the
global.conf file, and can include any number of directories.
The path can include "." to mean look in the .pg file's directory.
This makes it possible to store special macros files with the code
that uses them.
By default, the path is ".", the course/templates/macro directory,
then the pg/macros directory (in that order). This duplicates the
current behaviour, except for the ".", which is new.
You must also make the updates to the global.conf,
webwork2/lib/WeBWorK/PG.pm, and webwork2/lib/WeBWorK/PG/Local/pm files.
Revision
3224 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat May 14 01:32:19 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changes needed to make loadMacros() look through a path of directories
rather than just course/templates/macros and pg/macros. You can
specify the path in the global.conf file.
You also need to make the update to pg/macros/dangerousMacros.pl
Revision
3223 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 11 14:32:58 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
encoding answers in base64 -- this should keep import and
export from breaking.
Revision
3222 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed May 11 14:31:10 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Allow library search to follow links.
This is needed since the initial path to a library
from a course is usually a link from the templates directory.
Revision
3221 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 2 00:58:00 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
During a call(), if the evaluation produced an error message generated
by Value::Error, report it, otherwise report a generic message.
Revision
3220 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon May 2 00:56:19 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the call method to check if the function is actually defined
inthe parser before calling the parser method. This allows things
like C(n,r) to be moved here but not automatically included in the
Context.
Revision
3219 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Apr 29 22:30:55 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added derivative of |x| as x/|x|.
Revision
3218 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Apr 29 02:37:13 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug with adaptive parameters where the relative tolerance
was not being properly computed. This allowed large constants to be
treated as correct when they shouldn't be.
Revision
3217 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 27 21:30:13 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Copy parameters like limits, etc, to the newly created formula when
'C0' is added by the "upToConstant=>1" option in formula cmp().
Revision
3216 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Apr 27 21:29:10 2005 UTC (8 years ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use correct form of "x" with lists (rather than hack using split()).
Revision
3215 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Apr 16 02:31:20 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Providing an initial fix for bug 784. I'd like to
continue to work on this module and factor out some of
the calculation loops in order to place them in Utils.
For now this hack (which involves splitting
$num_of_attemts into two variables so it can be updated
and used for two different purposes) should work.
--Mike
Revision
3214 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Apr 9 18:33:07 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Provide a default warning subroutine if none has been defined.
Revision
3213 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Apr 9 18:00:42 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Updating the webwork daemon. Small changes that make the url compatible with
the current ports that we are using.
--Mike
Revision
3212 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Apr 9 17:03:58 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Bringing this client up-to-date with the current version of the xmlrpc daemon.
-- Mike
Revision
3211 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Apr 9 15:36:26 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added utf8 to the modules called to set up AlgParser. Davide Cervone found this
fix which corrects bug #754
Revision
3210 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Mar 31 19:44:49 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a check that the coordinates are numeric. This avoids an error
were <i+j+k> was accepted as OK.
Revision
3209 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 29 21:23:34 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Adding sql types for database entries for use on creation. Many of them
can probably be tweaked to take up less space (e.g., we don't need 4 bytes
to store the published information).
Revision
3208 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 29 19:16:36 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Provide an easy means of generating a custom answer checker based on
an user-supplied subroutine. Most of the work is done by the Parser's
answer checker framework, and the user's routine is called at the
point that the student's answer is compared to the correct answer.
Revision
3207 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 29 13:14:17 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle error messages in the list checker better. In particular, make
the error messages generated by custom checkers called on elements in
the list look better. Also, in an ordered list, if the student enters
extra values, call an answer checker to do a syntax check. (By
default, use the first element again, but the user can supply a
separate object to use for the checker using the extra=>object
option.)
Revision
3206 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 29 03:25:29 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Compartmentalize the equality check one step further. The cmp_equal
method now calls a new cmp_compare method to perform the actual
comparison (rather than use == directly). The cmp_compare method
either calls a user-supplied checker routine, or defaults to using the
== operator. The list checker also uses cmp_compare to check the
individual items in the list. The list checker also calls a new
cmp_list_checker method to perform the list check. This can be
overridden by a user-supplied list-checking routine.
To supply an alternate checking routine, use the "checker" option to
the cmp() method of the correct answer object. For example:
sub check {
my ($correct,$student,$ans) = @_;
return 0 unless $correct->length == $student->length;
my ($x,$y) = $student->value; # break up a point;
return $x**2 - $y**2 = 1; # check if it is on a hyperbola
}
Point(1,0)->cmp(checker=>~~&check);
This will check if the student's point lies on the given hyperbola. All
the usual error messages will be issued if the student's answer is not
a point, or is of the wrong dimension, etc.
You can use
sub list_check {
my ($correct,$student,$ans) = @_;
my @correct = @{$correct}; my @student = @{$student};
...
return ($score,@errors);
}
List(...)->cmp(list_checker=>~~&list_check);
to replace the list-checking routine with your own custom one. The
$correct and $student values are array references to the elements in
the lists provided by the professor and student. (Note that you do
NOT get a List() object; this allows you to handle lists of formulas,
since a List of formulas becomes a formula returning a list). The
checker routine should return the number of correct elements in the
student's list ($score), and a list of error messages produced while
checking the two lists (@errors). (This is a list of messages, since
you might want to include an error for each entry in the list, for
example).
If your checker or list_checker routine wants to die with an error
message, use Value::Error(message). This will put the message in the
WeBWorK display area at the top of the page. If you use die(message),
or if the code fails due to a runtime error, then "pink screen of
death" will be produced indicating the error and asking the student to
report the error to the professor.
Revision
3205 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Mar 29 02:55:10 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Properly handle string values in postprocessing of vectors and other
related lists. (It used to report a dimension error for things like 'NONE').
Revision
3204 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 28 23:47:50 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Peroperly negate infinities even when reduceConstants is not in
effect.
Revision
3203 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 28 23:46:06 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle extra parentheses better.
Revision
3202 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 28 23:45:27 2005 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle log as ln or log properly.
Revision
3200 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Mar 21 18:51:43 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
3199 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Mar 20 13:13:44 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Implements an experimental answer checker for implicitly defined
curves and surfaces.
Revision
3198 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Mar 19 01:11:06 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected display error where negative numbers were enclosed in
parentheses.
Revision
3197 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Mar 18 17:28:10 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed sign error in correct answer, and chamged f(x) to f(x,y) in the
statement of the problem.
Revision
3196 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 16 13:40:29 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Implements an answer evaluator that checks if a students answer
satisfies a given equality. See the comments in the file for details
about how to use the answer checker.
Revision
3195 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 16 13:36:33 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Now that the uverloaded operators handle subclassing properly, we can
use promotePrecedence in the compare routines, just in case we define
a subclass with even HIGHER precedence!
Revision
3194 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 16 13:35:01 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
removed a commented-out line that was no longer needed.
Revision
3193 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 16 13:33:59 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a typo.
Revision
3192 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 16 13:30:28 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Update the overloaded operators so that they can be overridden by
subclasses of the predefined object classes. This involves calling
the objects method rather than using a hard reference to the routine
in the parent class.
Also, change the name of the string comparison routine to
compare_string to avoid conflicts with cmp that is used to produce the
answer checker for the class.
Finally, in Value.pm, promotePrecedence no longer has to do fancy
footwork to get "special" precedence to work (this was a hack to get
around the misfeature of the overloaded operators -- now that that is
being handled correctly, there is no need for it).
Revision
3191 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 16 04:17:35 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error with asec and acsc where the parameters were not being
passed properly.
Revision
3190 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 16 02:47:04 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a link from the logo to the home webpage for webwork.
Revision
3189 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Mar 16 02:46:31 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed port range to 8000-8999 instead of 11000 to 11999
Revision
3188 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Feb 27 04:05:48 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Still fiddling with the links so that one can jump from instructor
page editors to the actual display and back easily.
Revision
3187 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 26 23:03:12 2005 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Allow subclasses of AnswerEvalutor to be used. Check for a match
with a substring AnswerEvaluator instead of equality.
Revision
3180 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 19 16:47:36 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Small correction that makes sure that _init subroutines are read
properly. The original works on some versions of perl, but not on
others.
Revision
3177 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Feb 18 00:04:09 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Missed one situation when making the previous update. Fixed it.
Revision
3175 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 17 17:42:36 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error in PGProblemEditor.pm that prevented you from adding new problem in
a set. Added comment to ProblemSetDetail.pm
Revision
3174 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 17 16:12:45 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed it so that direct calls to the add, sub, mult, etc functions
would work as expected (even though there is no need to call them directly).
Revision
3172 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 15 21:58:54 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated the answer checkers so that you can more easily specify how
the correct answer shoudl be displayed. In the past, you could use
something like Real(sqrt(2))->cmp(correct_ans=>"sqrt(2)") to do this,
but that is awkward. Now the Compute() function (which parses and
then evaluates a string) sets things up so that the original string
will be what is used as the correct answer. That means
Compute("sqrt(2)")->cmp will have the same result as the example
above.
You can also set the {correct_ans} properly of any Parser object to
have that value used as the correct answer. For example
$x = Real(sqrt(2));
$x->{correct_ans} = "sqrt(2)";
ANS($x->cmp)
would also produce the same answer checker as the two previous
examples. All three methods should work. Use the one that is most
convenient for you.
Revision
3171 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 15 21:53:23 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Improved the Real(), Complex(), Point(), Vector(), Matrix() and
String() constructors so that they will process formulas passed to
them as strings rather than requiring perl objects for these.
For example, you can use Real("2/3") rather than Real(2/3) if you
want. Also, Real("1+x") will return a formula returning a real
(essentially the same as Formula("1+x") in this case).
Revision
3166 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 15 02:20:52 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an error with Matrix() that could cause it to loop infinitely
when bad data is passed to it.
Also, allow Matrix(), Point(), Vector(), and Real() to accept string
values that are evaluated to produce the value returned.
(Sorry, accidentally committed with a blank message.)
Revision
3165 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Feb 15 02:16:10 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
3160 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Feb 13 17:50:55 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Initialize dates to be now+ one week for the open date and
now + two weeks for the due and answer dates. This makes
it less likely that the date will be undefined.
Revision
3159 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Feb 10 22:34:01 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem that caused errors to occur when ImplicitPlane() was
called with a formula whose constant term is a negative number that is
produced by a computation.
Revision
3158 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Feb 9 18:36:18 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Allow labels A - ZZ
Arnie
Revision
3150 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Feb 6 20:47:20 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added links to problems to the stats page.
Revision
3149 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Feb 6 20:45:39 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed formatting on sidebar links. Added sub links for student and set to the Statistics link
Revision
3140 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Feb 6 15:20:51 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
backporting this file
Revision
3136 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 5 14:07:55 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Work around IE bug for ordered lists. Maybe someday this can be undone.
Revision
3135 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 5 01:47:49 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed formatting when reporting success index. Success index is now reported in %
Revision
3134 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 5 01:34:48 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removed commented out code.
Fixed a problem with calculating the success index. (the number of
attempts was inappropriately zeroed out with each problem.
Revision
3133 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Feb 5 01:32:56 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
minor cleanup -- removed a variable that had been defined twice.
Revision
3132 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Feb 4 20:03:59 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Added friendly message when no set is selected.
Fixes #750
Revision
3129 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 29 01:29:41 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Removes starting and ending whitespace from most of the form field entries
when adding users. Some instructors add students by doing copy/paste from
elsewhere. This frequently picks up whitespace which causes the user id
field to fail in checkKeyFields.
Revision
3128 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 29 01:23:57 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem with hardcopy editing. This case had simply not been handled
in the code even though it's the same behavior for hardcopy headers as it is for
screen headers.
This fixes bug #763
Revision
3127 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 29 01:21:19 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
CourseID is now part of the subject line when feedback is sent.
This allows you to filter out feedback by course, which is handy
for those of use receiving lots of feedback emails.
Revision
3126 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 29 01:19:48 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Better error message if there is a multiply defined user.
Revision
3125 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 29 01:18:33 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Adds checks to make sure that the multiple user problem is really gone.
Revision
3124 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 28 21:24:18 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Added WWDBv3 and stylesheet settings from my local copy.
Revision
3123 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 28 01:04:06 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
I believe this will fix the bug which sometimes causes multiple users
to appear in the parameters. The problem is that Login.pm filters out
user, key, passwd values and then passes the remaining values to
hidden_fields to be printed on the "relogin" page. Unfortunately if
hidden_fields is passed an empty array then it prints ALL values in the
parameter hash as hidden fields. So if only user and key are present
they will be printed as hidden fields. If user, key and a non-filtered
paramter value are present then only the non-filtered parameter value
will be printed.
The current fix is a conditional which doesn't call hidden_fields at all
if there are no parameters left after the filtering operation.
--Mike
Revision
3111 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 27 04:26:37 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added Text/Binary/Automatic buttons for conversion of line-breaks on
file uploads. (Downloaded files are not modified, since we don't know
the user's platform. Could try to use the HTTP_USERAGENT environment
variable to determine this.)
Also produce a warning message if a file is put in the wrong directory
(e.g., .def files should be put in templates).
Fixed some incorrect indenting.
Revision
3110 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 27 00:15:55 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Moved stylesheet into a separate file. Created new htdocs/css directory,
added stylesheet to that directory (ur.css). Include stylesheet in
ur.template with new "url" template escape:
<!--#url type="webwork" name="stylesheet"-->
This is 132 lines that Template.pm doesn't have to parse and 4368 bytes
that don't have to get sent to the client with every request.
Revision
3109 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 26 01:09:07 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Bring jsMath up to version 1.7e.
Version 1.7 introduced improved alignment in arrays, and the quality
of stretchable delimiters in some browsers. It also fixed a couple of
bugs. Most of the sub-versions were work-arrounds for bugs in MSIE.
Finally, there is support for controlling the style used for displayed
equations. (Normally they are centered, but that can now be
controlled using the div.typeset CSS style.) A number of minor
spacing problems on the PC also were corrected.
Revision
3102 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 25 21:22:35 2005 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
display mode was inadvertently reset with other problem/set elements
that are safe to reset (rather than keep sticky) since they will be updated
from the newly saved database record or thrown away as expected
Revision
3094 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jan 19 21:54:34 2005 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fix typo on button.
Revision
3093 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jan 16 00:52:49 2005 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Undoing some of the temporary changes I made to the warn message.
This may break what happens with xmlrpc however. (sigh)
Revision
3092 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 15 23:56:12 2005 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
modified the way we attempt to find out the referring page.
Revision
3091 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 15 21:24:29 2005 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
modified code for checking multiple user names. We'll see if we can
track down the problem.
--Mike
Revision
3090 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 15 18:46:57 2005 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Commented out escapeHTML() of warning messages since it prevented
using tables when outputing info about answer evaluators.
Can someone tell me whether there is another reason why not allowing
HTML in warning messages is or would be important? If so we can
figure out another way to debug answer evaluators.
-- Mike
Revision
3089 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jan 14 03:15:33 2005 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
new regexp matching can now match on permission level too
Revision
3087 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 11 22:46:29 2005 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixing an error in defining $ENV{WEBWORK_ROOT}. Now it points to the
generic '/opt/webwork2'
Revision
3086 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 8 16:42:10 2005 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug with the file editor that did not process the file name
correctly in the top-level directory.
Fixed a bug in uploading a file where the name was given a sequence
number even when one was not needed.
Revision
3076 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 6 21:04:40 2005 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixes to set assignment code
Revision
3075 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jan 6 21:04:29 2005 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
small changes to keep up with DBv3 API
Revision
3074 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jan 4 17:56:33 2005 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed index problem with matrix multiplciation. (It was returning the
transpose!)
Revision
3073 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 1 22:35:10 2005 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changes made to simplify the implementation of XMLRPC access to
the functionality of WeBWorK.
There is still a problem with making sure that the proper warning
mechanism is passed into the problem rendering compartment.
The proper permissions for creating directories also does not
get transmitted properly.
I would like to change the way that the defineEnvirVars subroutine is
passed into the Local.pm object. I'd like to either pass the
environment as a hash or explicitly pass a reference to define
EnvirVars rather than inherit it from PG. In particular I'd like
to be able to define environment variables directly in RenderProblem.pm
instead of faking it by defining fake problem objects.
Revision
3072 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 1 22:34:43 2005 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changes made to simplify the implementation of XMLRPC access to
the functionality of WeBWorK.
There is still a problem with making sure that the proper warning
mechanism is passed into the problem rendering compartment.
The proper permissions for creating directories also does not
get transmitted properly.
I would like to change the way that the defineEnvirVars subroutine is
passed into the Local.pm object. I'd like to either pass the
environment as a hash or explicitly pass a reference to define
EnvirVars rather than inherit it from PG. In particular I'd like
to be able to define environment variables directly in RenderProblem.pm
instead of faking it by defining fake problem objects.
Revision
3071 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jan 1 22:29:41 2005 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Temporary modifications which allow the Warning mechanisms to work when
using the XML access methods.
This needs to be looked at again. There is also a problem with defining
permissions for creating directories. There is a temporary #FIXME
that seems to work.
Revision
3070 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 28 04:59:52 2004 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modifications that allow the XMLRPC modules to function.
Revision
3069 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 28 04:56:27 2004 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added modifications that support the creation of blank problems
to be added to sets. blankProblem.pg is stationery for a new
problem.
Revision
3068 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 27 21:41:02 2004 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Minimal code for a client which will connect to the xmlrpc access within webwork 2
Use at your own risk :-)
Revision
3067 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 27 18:10:52 2004 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed problem that was preventing HTML_dpng from working.
Several initialization problems are currently hacked.
I'd like to be able to get the initial request object from SOAP::Lite;
I also don't know how to get the port that the server is using:
$Apache->server->server_hostname works but
$Apache->server->port doesn't
Still no support for jsMath mode
Revision
3066 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 27 17:20:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Catch multiply defined user warning.
Revision
3065 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 27 17:18:59 2004 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
More files for supporting access to problems via XMLRPC code
(see comment for WebworkWebservice.pm)
Revision
3064 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 27 17:18:17 2004 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Adding support for an XMLRPC mode which allows access to
some of Webworks functionality. These files largely
duplicate the functionality of the daemons running on devel.webwork
and webwork.math which support the display of the Problem Library.
There are still some problems with displaying equations in HTML_dpng
and also in jsMath mode.
There is a lot of overlap code with PG.pm which needs to be factored out
eventually. I'm uploading the code now so that others can suggest
improvements and ideas for factoring code.
Revision
3063 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 23 02:15:17 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Work around MSIE bug. (Can't do height:100% for the size of the
scrolling list. Every other browser in the world seems to be able to
handle this.)
Revision
3062 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 21 18:44:49 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
fixed error when set number or problem number is not defined
Kept fix that keeps set 0 and problem 0 from being replaced by blanks.
Revision
3061 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 21 17:47:57 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed minor display problem where empty (not-overriden) date values
were being displayed as 12/31/1969
Closes #748
Revision
3060 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 21 15:29:55 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Added the following features:
* Searching on any user data field
* Sorting by any two fields
* Reports duplicate names on classlist import
Closes #654, #664, and #684
Revision
3059 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 21 04:41:03 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Added course renaming to CourseManagement, CourseAdmin.
It works like this:
- move the course directory
- move any course subdirectories that are still at their old locations
(like if they were outside the course directory)
- create a new database using addCourseHelper()
- copy the course data into the new course database using
copyCourseDataHelper() (INSERT INTO $new SELECT * FROM $old)
- delete the old course database using deleteCourseHelper()
TODO:
* write helpers for gdbm and sql layouts
* write command-line script
Revision
3058 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 20 21:08:06 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
expansion of Mike's caching fixes. see below:
* separate setCachedUser($userID) method allows explicit setting of user
to cache. This is needed because $r->param("user") is not always set
(i.e. in the case of the initial request for a guest login.
* don't store a copy of a reference to %permissionLevels, as this isn't
any more efficient than accessing the course environment directly.
* always construct the Authz instance.
* fall back on accessing the database if hasPermissions() is called with
a user other than the cached user (or if no user is cached).
* warning output (and assume no permission) if PermissionLevel record
doesn't exist or permission level is empty.
* warn (and assume no permission) if activity is not found in the
%permissionLevels hash.
* don't pass $ce and $db to new(), since they are available in $r.
Revision
3057 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 20 16:21:50 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed double declaration of $user
Revision
3056 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Dec 20 15:24:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
escaped hyphen in r.e. to avoid interpretation as range operator.
Revision
3055 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Dec 19 22:41:34 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed small bug in the message passing facility
Revision
3054 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Dec 19 22:39:59 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed message passing when there is a duplicate administrator.
use addbadmessage() facility instead of warn
Revision
3053 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Dec 19 22:08:36 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
The permission levels are now checked when the authz instance
is created. This reduces the number of calls to the database.
It could cause trouble if there is a change in permission status
between the time when the instance is created and when it is used.
Since this all occurs while rendering one webpage, I don't think
that this time difference will ever cause trouble.
-- Mike
Revision
3052 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Dec 19 00:53:27 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed
unless $value =~ m/^[\w-.]*$/
to
unless $value =~ m/^[.\w-]*$/
for some reason having the period at the end was causing the warning:
False [] range "\w-" before HERE mark in regex m/^[\w- << HERE .]*$/ at
/home/gage/webwork/webwork-modperl/lib/WeBWorK/DB.pm line 1974.
Revision
3051 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 18 22:35:00 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Call $r->param("user") only in scalar context
Revision
3050 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 18 22:21:26 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
allow . in login names -- cross your fingers and hope this works.
Revision
3049 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 18 22:20:42 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
make sure that $r->param("users") is only used in a scalar context.
Revision
3048 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 18 22:11:21 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure that $r->param("user") is only called in scalar context.
Revision
3047 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 18 21:52:58 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed comment to This answer is the same as the one you just submitted
or previewed. This addreses bug #557
Revision
3046 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 18 21:22:20 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modifications to make sure that problems with weight 0
print weight as 0 rather than as a blank.
This addresses bug #730
Revision
3045 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 18 20:41:26 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a line to check for empty records. The hope is that this fixes
bug #733
Revision
3044 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 18 20:31:46 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added summary column for the total value of webwork problems done (sum
of the weights of each of the problems correctly completed)
Added column for percentage correct (total weight of correct problems
divided by the total weight of all of the problems).
This set still needs major dehackifying!!!!!!
This fixes bug #747. I hope that I've put in enough
checks to satisfy bug #746 as well. I will close that bug.
Revision
3043 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 18 16:12:19 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added an option to rename the "Change Display Settings" submit buttton.
Revision
3042 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 18 16:11:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removed the student progress lines from the Stats.pm page. They are
still available in the StudentProgress.pm module
Revision
3041 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Dec 18 16:09:54 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed some UI features. In particular the scrolling list is now
used both for selecting students to send mail to AND for selecting
the preview message (if multiple students are selected the first is used
as the preview). The "command table" is now one line taller than it
was, but it it now effectively narrower (just two columns) -- the last
column has only the row and column options and is not used that much.
Revision
3040 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 17 18:06:38 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removed a warn statement
Made sure that r->param('user') is only called in scalar
context.
Revision
3039 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 17 17:11:46 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a check to handle the case when the $errors flag was not defined.
Revision
3038 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 17 17:10:05 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added some styles to use when editing a temporary file. This alerts
the user that the file has not yet been permanently saved.
Revision
3037 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 17 17:08:37 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Massive overhaul of this file to put dehackify the code, at least somewhat.
The cases for handling each file type and each action are pretty cleanly laid out.
The next reasonable step would be to reorganize the code by subclassing it.
Since in almost all cases the link knows what file type it wants to be edited
when it calls the editor, the links could specifically call the subclass editor.
This would either reduce or eliminate the need for the file_type parameter.
Properly done subclassing would make it easier to add a new file type.
Currently you need to add code in about four places: UI code in body,
action code in saveFileChanges, path finding code in getFilePaths,
and redirect code in pre_header_initialize.
For a subclass this code could all be adjacent.
Revision
3036 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 17 17:03:43 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added a link which allows one to add a blank problem to an existing set.
Revision
3035 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 17 17:02:37 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added code to display {status_message} when call is redirected from
PGProblemEditor.pm
If course_info.txt does not exist as a file create it (using `echo "">course_info.txt`)
Hope that's not too dangerous, but I didn't feel like opening the file :-)
This keeps unnecessary warnings from occuring later when a user would be warned that the
course_info.txt file didn't exist.
Revision
3034 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 17 16:59:48 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Move options subroutine up to ContentGenerator.
Cleanup commented out code
Add facility for reading {status_message} to display messages when a call
is redirected from PGProblemEditor.pm
Revision
3033 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 17 16:57:53 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Preserve display options when using the "up" arrow in navigation.
Some code that helps pass messages through {status_message} when a call
is redirected to ProblemSet (e.g. from PGproblemEditor.pm)
Revision
3032 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 17 16:55:04 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
No need to show options on the Home.pm page
Revision
3031 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 17 16:53:01 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure that the instructor links preserve the displayOptions, namely
the displayMode and the ability to view the old answers.
Revision
3030 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 16 02:30:42 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
ordered has_many, creation date setting.
* has_explicit_order() adds a wrapper for a has_many() accessor that
sorts the returned records as per a comma-separated list field.
* creation dates are now set properly using a before_create trigger.
* also there is the beginnings of an assign_to_participants() routine.
Revision
3029 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 16 02:25:47 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added fisher_yates_shuffle() inplace-randomization routine.
Revision
3028 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 10 16:39:00 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
commit test
Revision
3027 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 10 16:38:11 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
quote from address
Revision
3026 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 10 16:16:38 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added note (really just a commit test)
Revision
3025 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 10 16:13:22 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix for from address
Revision
3024 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 10 16:07:57 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed name of _bool_normalizer, removed old student_id constraint
Revision
3023 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 10 16:05:53 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
mail from: "$RealName via activitymail <activitymail@devel...>"
Revision
3022 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 9 23:28:35 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixes, uniqueness constraints, CSV list handling
* internal subroutines now have `_' prefix.
* added uniqneness constraints (has_unique_columns)
* added has_cs_list() to declare that a column is a comma-sep. list
Revision
3021 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 9 16:30:12 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
refactored status/role lookups, added abstract set/problem support
Revision
3020 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 9 16:28:20 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
activitymail now logs to SF mailing list
Revision
3019 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 7 16:04:18 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed incorrect error message for getUserProblems()
Revision
3018 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 7 03:47:57 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
docs
Revision
3017 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Dec 7 02:42:59 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
ordering, normalizers, booleans, documentation. details:
* changed order of table classes so that the has_a() part of a
relationship occurs before the has_many() part.
* added WeBWorK::DBv3::NormalizerMixin, simiar to Class::Trigger, to
manage normalizer subroutines for per-column normalization.
* overloaded normalize_column_values to all normalizers for changed
fields.
* implemented predefined has_a_boolean() normalizer definition.
* defined boolean fields in tables using has_a_boolean().
* added/clarified docs.
still to do:
* add inflators/deflators for durations
* add triggers for setting creation dates
Revision
3016 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Dec 3 02:19:03 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
creates user, section, recitation, and participant records.
Revision
3015 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Dec 2 04:31:36 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
support for importing roles and statuses from global.conf. the rest
should be considerably easier than this. i hope. i really do.
Revision
3014 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Dec 1 21:54:54 2004 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Add hack to get around MSIE peekaboo bug.
Arnie
Revision
3013 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 25 05:51:37 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changed upgrade_schema to take a DBI database handle instead of
connecting/disconnecting itself.
Revision
3012 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 25 05:50:51 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
the beginnings of an upgrade script. currently deals with converting
permission levels to roles properly! :)
Revision
3011 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 25 05:50:01 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
a few things.
* added lock/unlock tables
* stopped using Class::DBI::MySQL and Class::DBI::AutoLoader
* init() routine allows runtime settings
* LOCK/UNLOCK TABLES wrapper
* inflation/deflation for role.privs (done manually with &priv_list
since you have to associate a column with a class to use has_a, and I
just want it to be a damn list!)
* a tiny bit more testing
Revision
3010 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 23 02:50:13 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
preliminary WWDBv3 support.
Features:
* automatic schema updating (see WeBWorK::DBv3::Utils).
* basic table structure constructed by set_up_table().
* has_a/has_many relationships declared explicitly.
* works!
Limitations:
* uses Class::DBI::mysql explicitly. Needs to use BaseDSN instead.
* connection information is currently hardcoded into DBv3.pm. It needs
to be brought in at compile time, so there are constraints on how this
can be done.
* no wrappers for LOCK/UNLOCK TABLES yet.
* no inflating/deflating for dates, comma separated lists, etc. yet.
* basically no testing.
Revision
3009 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 22 17:43:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added $guest to permissionLevels hash. Guests to not have the following
permissions that students do:
* report_bugs
* submit_feedback
* change_password
* change_email_address
* record_answers_after_open_date_with_attempts
Revision
3008 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 22 17:21:09 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed headers
Revision
3007 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 22 17:19:39 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
made similar changes to default admin-course classlist. admin's password
is "admin".
Revision
3006 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Nov 22 17:16:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
new default classlist file.
* no more all-caps first/last names
* global_user status is drop
* global_user and practice users have empty passwords specified
* practice users have permission level -5
* professor has password "professor" specified
* professor has permission level 10
Revision
3005 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Nov 20 16:57:09 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Bring jsMath up to date. In particular, include changes that provide
new LaTeX environments (matrix, pmatrix, etc.)
Revision
3004 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Nov 19 19:13:53 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added "login" permission, handling code. also fixed some heinous
formatting.
Revision
3003 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Nov 19 19:13:20 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added "login" permission, handling code.
Revision
3002 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Nov 19 18:30:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
"remove this comment on the next line if they get left in by accident"
Revision
3001 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 18 16:04:37 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
These changes elevate the Options panel to ContentGenerator.pm
Some of the changes are a bit hackish, but I believe that they
are sufficient for the moment. I expect much of the machinery
to be replaced by an "options" table in the new database.
The current options state consists of two values: displayMode (for
viewing equations) and showOldAnswers (for showing answers between
one session and the next). "Sticky answers" which show form entries
when the form is submitted and returned is a feature which is always on,
as I believe it should be.
Known bugs:
The options state is lost when visiting the Instructor pages, editing
problems, and probably sending instructor feedback. (I have made sure
that state was passed for the main links, I hope, but there are many
other possible links where state can get lost. My hope is that storing
state in the database will make it unnecessary to hunt down every link
where state needs to be preserved.)
Default options are set in the subroutine options in ContentGenerator.pm
This is called before body, where the option panel is displayed, but not
before the initialization phase. Modules that need options in the
initialization phase (currently only Problem.pm) need to set them
themselves.
Removed File Transfer from instructor links. File Manager works fine.
Revision
3000 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 18 16:00:37 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
These changes elevate the Options panel to ContentGenerator.pm
Some of the changes are a bit hackish, but I believe that they
are sufficient for the moment. I expect much of the machinery
to be replaced by an "options" table in the new database.
The current options state consists of two values: displayMode (for
viewing equations) and showOldAnswers (for showing answers between
one session and the next). "Sticky answers" which show form entries
when the form is submitted and returned is a feature which is always on,
as I believe it should be.
Known bugs:
The options state is lost when visiting the Instructor pages, editing
problems, and probably sending instructor feedback. (I have made sure
that state was passed for the main links, I hope, but there are many
other possible links where state can get lost. My hope is that storing
state in the database will make it unnecessary to hunt down every link
where state needs to be preserved.)
Default options are set in the subroutine options in ContentGenerator.pm
This is called before body, where the option panel is displayed, but not
before the initialization phase. Modules that need options in the
initialization phase (currently only Problem.pm) need to set them
themselves.
Revision
2998 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 18 01:45:29 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Made modifications to the user interface so that "show saved answers"
can now be turned off. If the default mode was on, then this feature
could never be turned off. (Unchecked check boxes don't return 0, they
are simply not defined.)
Revision
2996 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 11 15:52:08 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added line to shift column numbers so that they start at 1 instead of
0 (this brings this in line with the modifications made to SendMain.pm)
To do: merge the two procedures used in sendmail and in grades.pm which
merge scoring data with the message. Then future updates won't break
the code.
Revision
2995 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 11 15:40:21 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
removed FIXME comment that is no longer needed.
Revision
2994 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 10 21:17:38 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Enormous speed increase by not doing unneccesary
assignments or deletions when the user/set record already exists (or not).
Revision
2991 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 9 15:23:38 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Defined some variables that were causing warning messages.
Someone more familiar with this script should look at this
to make sure that this subsection of the parser is working correctly.
-- Mike
Revision
2990 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 9 00:05:27 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Made changes which remove duplication between the code in Webwork.pm
and code in WW2.1 -- This should make it easier to maintain the webwork
daemons when changes are made in the core webwork code.
The changes in Daemon_ww.pm were aimed at trying to make it easier
to reload the script into the daemon without shutting down the daemon.
If the daemon shuts own its is sometimes some time before the socket
attached to the port is released. This code attempts to fix this, but
not very successfully.
More changes are on the way so that the daemon can run behind apache.
Revision
2989 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 9 00:03:37 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Made changes which remove duplication between the code in Webwork.pm
and code in WW2.1 -- This should make it easier to maintain the webwork
daemons when changes are made in the core webwork code.
More changes are on the way so that the daemon can run behind apache.
Revision
2988 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Nov 5 17:54:12 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Avoids some name collisions for images converted from gif to png in
hardcopy, specifically if two problems have different gif images
with the same name (but the gifs are in different directories). Now one
png won't overwrite the other.
Revision
2987 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 4 22:05:29 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug wrt relTol
Arnie
Revision
2986 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Nov 4 22:01:18 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
relative tolerence was not being used correctly. Fixed this.
Arnie
Revision
2985 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 3 22:39:21 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug in processing absolute values with implicit
multiplication.
Revision
2984 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 3 22:00:56 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Modifications needed for the control of jsMath's "missing font"
message.
Revision
2983 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 3 22:00:10 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to control the "Missing TeX Fonts" message generated by
jsMath. There are now two parameters in global.conf that control the
message. You can set
$pg{displayModeOptions}{jsMath}{reportMissingFonts}
to 0 if you want no font messages, and you can set
$pg{displayModeOptions}{jsMath}{missingFontMessage}
to a string that should be issued when the fonts are missing. This
can be an HTML string, so you can include a link to the jsMath font
page, as the current message does. The message will be set in a <DIV>
of class NoFontMessage, so the style attributes can be controled in
the content-generators template file.
Revision
2982 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 3 21:27:42 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an error where any plane is accepted if the d is 0 in
ax + by + cz = 0.
Revision
2981 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 3 19:54:25 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
help files now use module name instead of urlpath node name
Revision
2979 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 3 19:52:00 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
New help file names match module names
rather than urlpath node names
Revision
2978 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Nov 3 17:39:00 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Renaming help files
Revision
2974 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 2 20:47:55 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
updated LICENSE and README files.
Revision
2973 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 2 20:47:35 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
updated $main::VERSION
Revision
2972 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 2 20:47:23 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added README and LICENCE files.
Revision
2971 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 2 19:58:57 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
POD fix.
Revision
2970 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 2 19:58:31 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
better handling when no display module is found for the path.
Revision
2969 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Nov 2 01:55:21 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo in a comment.
Revision
2967 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 28 22:34:25 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Bring jsMath.js up to date (fixed problem with font-checking algorithm in
PC version of Mozilla)
Revision
2966 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 27 17:48:05 2004 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Every problem after one that was marked as a repeat was being marked as a repeat
closes #725
Revision
2965 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 26 03:16:40 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Beautification of set names.
Revision
2964 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 26 03:14:01 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Beautification of set names in Student Progress page.
Revision
2963 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 26 03:13:00 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Beautification of set names in grade module.
Revision
2962 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 26 00:14:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Tidying of set names: don't automatically write "set" (teacher can include
that), and convert _ to non-breaking spaces in set name.
Revision
2961 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 26 00:04:28 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
More fix on the Assigned Sets/User ID column heading so that they are right
both in and out of editMode.
Revision
2960 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 25 22:40:19 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
When making a new set, leave the name as it was input. Should resolve
confusion when making sets starting with "set".
Revision
2959 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 25 22:37:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Whitespace changes, mainly a few tabs to spaces.
Revision
2958 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 24 14:36:35 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
This seems to fix bug 713. I don't see why one would want the line below
commented out.
Revision
2957 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 24 14:33:36 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Make combinations function C(n,k) return 0 when k>n, which is standard.
Maybe P(n,k) should do the same instead of throwing an error?
Revision
2956 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 22 23:06:44 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
pod fixes
Revision
2955 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 22 22:59:53 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
POD fixes
Revision
2954 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 22 18:03:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
send call stack to error log, use Apache::Log to log warnings.
Revision
2952 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 21 23:56:21 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Adjusted the headers for the dates
Revision
2948 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 21 01:44:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added "User Value" and "Global Value" headers (bug #719)
Revision
2947 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 21 01:34:40 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed bug #721.
Revision
2946 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 21 01:22:51 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
quick fix for errors while reading directories (bug #720).
Revision
2945 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 21 01:16:18 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed typo
Revision
2944 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 21 01:06:19 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
formatting fixes (sorry jj, dpvc).
Revision
2943 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 20 23:29:50 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Wrong column heading corrected.
Revision
2942 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 20 21:52:06 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The lines of data were being sorted incorrectly due to the time-stamp
that is being added to the line, and due to the correct/incorrect
answer data that was added in order to color-code the answer display.
Revision
2940 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 20 17:00:46 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed typo
Revision
2939 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 20 16:45:34 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
add check for undefiend user param (closes bug #714). use $userID for
variable containing the ID of a user (not $User, which is typically used
for a user RECORD).
Revision
2938 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 19 00:24:47 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added reduction rules to remove redundent negatives.
Override string and TeX methods that avoid redundent parentheses.
Revision
2937 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 19 00:23:01 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added "areParallel" method as a synonym for "isParallel".
Revision
2936 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 19 00:22:07 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Don't promote an object unless it is a Value object.
Revision
2935 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 19 00:20:02 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Prevent automatically reducing negatives in student answer, so the
sign doesn't change behind our back.
Revision
2934 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 19 00:15:54 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle error messages better. Produce an error if the student answer
is a constant vector. Prevent reduction of some negatives in order to
avoid -(a+bt). Allow students to provide answer in terms of points
rather than vectors.
Revision
2933 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 19 00:11:50 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the order of variables in calls to Plane() so that it
corresponds to the usage in ImplictPlane(). Also fixed a typo in
capitalization of @N.
Revision
2932 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 19 00:08:04 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated i(), j() and k() functions to check if the Parser is loaded,
and if not, return a value that will cause perl to report a better
error than calling the parser outside of its normal context.
Since the current answer checkers call perl directly to evaluate their
expressions, when a variable is used by a student that is not a
variable used by the checker, this can cause perl to try to parse
those variables as function calls, or other perl constructs (like
matches if you use 'm' or translations if you use 'y'). This is bad
(and is not a problem with the new parser).
In particular, if the student uses 'k' in a formula for which k is not
defined, for example, perl will try to call the k() function.
Revision
2931 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 17 03:11:43 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed format of run time
Revision
2930 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 15 20:35:15 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Adding write to timing log which summarizes the time spent in this module.
This does not give detailed timing data. It prints whether or not the timing
log is enabled in "Constants.pm". It uses Utils::writeTimingLogEntry and
makes an entry as long as the "timing" log facility has been defined in global.conf
Revision
2929 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 15 20:33:04 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Removed writing to Timing log from this module.
Revision
2928 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 15 19:25:24 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
fixed typo in "edit_set_for_user" which should be "edit_set_for_users". also
changed label to correspond.
Revision
2927 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 15 04:30:20 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
work on error and warning output. prettification of stack traces,
rewording of explanatory text, better logging, other stuff. a lot of
annoying crap, basically.
Revision
2926 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 14 16:56:18 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
applied dpvc's index patch, use FileManager instead of FileXfer, fixed
indentation.
Revision
2925 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 14 16:55:36 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed duplicated comment
Revision
2924 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 14 15:59:43 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed instructions on customizing webwork.apache-config.
Revision
2916 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 13 18:41:07 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Clear error messages before doing the answer check (this clears old
messages left over inclass this checker is called by another one,
e.g. when using UNORDERD_ANS()).
Revision
2915 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 13 03:31:17 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Trap errors in functions that are not native perl functions (like
acos() and csc(), etc.). In the past, if an error occurred within the
definition of a function, the error message that was reported was the
internal error within the definition of the function. For example
csc(0) would report "illegal division by zero", while acos(-2) would
report "can't take sqrt of -3". Now the errors will be "can't take
csc of 0" and "can't take acos of -2".
Revision
2914 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 13 02:41:33 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added support for useBaseTenLogs to make log() work like ln() or
log10() depending on the value in the course.conf file.
Also fixed a bug that caused the WeBWorK parameters not to be
copied into contexts by initCopy().
Revision
2913 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 13 01:55:15 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
optimizations in database access (makes a big difference).
My notes:
Here's the initial timing data for a set with 10 problems:
TIMING 57300 2 1097622363.881851 (16.734902) mth162: END (assumed)
$mergedRecord is never used in FieldHTML(). However, it is populated
with a merged set or problem, which requires two database calls and a
merge operation. It appears to be OK to get rid of these calls
altogether.
TIMING 57582 0 1097624803.340321 (11.219321) mth162: END (assumed)
i'm not as worried about the several DB calls in
handle_problem_numbers(), since that only happens when "Save Changes" is
clicked. not looking at those for now...
in initialize(), the global set is fetched from the database at the
beginning (and put into $setRecord). then it is fetched again in two
places, first in a conditional if the "submit_changes" param is defined,
and then in the following conditional, when "submit_changes" is defined
and there was no error. taking this out...
(those conditionals are pretty weird to begin with. i would have
expected something more like "if (submit_changes) { ... unless (error) {
... } }". probably from grafting code together?)
ok, the big one is getting pre-fetched records into FieldHTML. I added
$setRecord and $problemRecord parameters to FieldHTML (and $Set and
$Problem parameters to FieldTable to pass through to FieldHTML), and
pre-fetch GlobalProblems, UserProblems, and MergedProblems en masse
before going through the problem IDs in body().
TIMING 58456 0 1097632191.012939 (4.516615) mth162: END (assumed)
And it's only a little more than that when viewing for a particular
user:
TIMING 58453 0 1097632169.074723 (6.513201) mth162: END (assumed)
Revision
2912 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 13 01:35:51 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo in the comments.
Revision
2911 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 12 22:40:30 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated jsMath to its latest version. (Better support for Opera,
better support for unix, miscellaneous bug fixes.)
Revision
2910 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 12 21:35:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Minor updates to the documentation
Revision
2909 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 12 20:49:25 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
In Complex context, make sqrt() and log() of negative numbers return
their complex values. Also make ^ and ** do the same with negative
bases. These can be controlled by setting/clearing the
"negativeIsComplex" entry for these functions and operators.
Revision
2908 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 12 20:46:43 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Report errors for powers of negative numbers rather than return 'nan'.
Don't allow 'nan' to be made into a Real object.
Revision
2907 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 12 20:44:20 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
In StandardPrecedence mode, make the precedence of function apply
match that in use by that AlgParser.
Revision
2906 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 12 20:27:35 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added link to FileManager to link menu. Link to FileXfer is still
present as well, for the time being. We may remove it soon.
Revision
2905 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 12 18:15:03 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added help file for file manager module
Revision
2904 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 12 18:13:58 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed "refresh" to "refresh display" as name for button in
ProblemSetDetail
Added link to the
File Manager
Revision
2903 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 12 18:12:48 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added link to the File Manager
Revision
2902 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 12 02:30:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Made changes to the way $r->param("user") is handled, so that it
is always called in a scalar context.
This avoids errors caused if user is defined more than once.
Revision
2901 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 12 01:02:36 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Added Mark Correct? option
Added date checking
fixed some issues with sticky values
Revision
2900 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Oct 12 00:52:47 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Don't give coordinate hints during parallel vector checks. Also fixed
a typo.
Revision
2899 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 11 23:40:04 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
If the users status is undefined it is set to C AND
it is now saved back to the database.
Revision
2898 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 11 23:13:53 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
entabed (we like real tabs)
Revision
2897 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 11 23:13:22 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed call to start_multipart_form which caused authen params to be
included in form action.
Revision
2896 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 11 23:11:41 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added davide's filemanager
Revision
2895 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 11 19:53:06 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
fixing gage specific timing log file (again)
Revision
2894 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 11 19:37:42 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed error reporting when there is an error in date/time. This
specifies what the subroutine thinks date and time are, making it
easier to discover the error in the format of the input
I also removed a line which tried to remove the "at" from a format --
such hehelpfuness being unappreciated by the unformatDateTime
subroutine.
Revision
2893 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 11 19:36:30 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed error reporting when there is an error in date/time. This
specifies what the subroutine thinks date and time are, making it
easier to discover the error in the format of the input
Revision
2892 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 11 13:32:01 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Evaluate $r->param("user") in a scalar context in case user has been
defined more than once.
It would also be nice to find where the double definitions are coming
from.
Revision
2891 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 11 13:30:09 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed mistake involving "at" in interpreting the date and time
string in a .def file
Revision
2890 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 10 21:45:43 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
support for password and permission level in classlist, bug #649. note
that passowrd is crypted!
Revision
2889 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 10 21:44:23 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
blah
Revision
2888 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 10 21:43:34 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
support for option password and permission fields, header on outgoing
classlists. part of the fix for bug 649.
Revision
2887 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 10 21:04:47 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
catch invalid course names in validation (bug #702). fix typo in
previous commit.
Revision
2886 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 10 20:53:19 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
restore course name in breadcrumbs (closed bug #701)
Revision
2885 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 10 20:48:17 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added check for user ID collisions, closing bug #711.
Revision
2884 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 10 20:34:07 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use WeBWorK::File::Classlist for classlist parsing and writing.
Revision
2883 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 10 20:33:51 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added lowercase "a", "d", and "c" as valid statuses.
Revision
2882 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 10 20:33:18 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added toHash() method to get a copy of the self hash
Revision
2881 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 10 20:32:29 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use WeBWorK::File::Classlist for classlist parsing. removed old
commented-out code from before CourseManangement.pm existed.
Revision
2880 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 10 20:31:54 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added WeBWorK::File::Classlist, for parsing and writing classlists.
Revision
2879 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 10 17:06:23 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
reorganized, added reindex() method. reindex() will regenerate indices and
report what was wrong with the old ones. it cannot deal with the case
where there are two records that have the same user ID and set ID, but it
does issue a warning in that case.
Revision
2878 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 10 17:04:55 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
doc fixworks now
Revision
2877 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Oct 10 17:04:47 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
works now
Revision
2876 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 9 03:07:23 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
protect against the possiblity that user has been defined twice in hidden fields
or in the search args and a hidden field.
Revision
2875 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 9 03:06:30 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Insure that the problems score is always defined (default is 0)
Revision
2874 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 9 03:05:13 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
replace old method of evaluating variables by a safer method (no evaluation required)
This code copied from SendMail.pm changes made recently by Sam.
Revision
2873 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 9 03:03:13 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Check that userRecord status has been properly defined.
Revision
2872 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 8 19:58:18 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Make Try it and Edit it buttons pass along the current problem seed
value, closing bug 682.
Revision
2871 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Oct 8 18:30:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Timestamps seem to need Date::Format for time2str to be defined.
Revision
2868 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 7 23:08:13 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modifications to the format for error reporting.
Revision
2867 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 7 19:55:18 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed gage-specific path.
Revision
2866 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 7 02:06:25 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
skeleton of WW1Hash reindexing frontend
Revision
2865 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 7 01:40:47 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
refactored PSVN handling (sorta).
also sketch of new, better database checking code after __END_.
Revision
2864 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 7 01:39:45 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
eliminate false positives in hashDatabaseOK()
Revision
2863 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Oct 7 01:23:19 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Corrected useage statements.
Revision
2862 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 6 21:09:33 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
removed call for epsfile -- it was bogus.
Revision
2861 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 6 21:01:46 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added time stamp to the warning
Added time stamp to warning messages.
Revision
2860 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Oct 6 21:00:19 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added time stamp to the warning messages.
Revision
2859 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 4 20:56:00 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
if status is set but attempted is not,
sets attempted to 1
Revision
2858 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 4 18:28:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
complete rewrite of parseDateTime to close bug #693.
- using modified version of WW1's unformatDateAndTime() function for
actual parsing.
- intelligent treatment of two, three, and four digit years consistent
with Time::Local.
- attempt to interpret time zone specification using DateTime::TimeZone
and then Time::Zone. if neither succeeds, an expection is thrown.
- if timezone is not specified, $display_tz is actually used.
It never ceases to amaze me how tricky time zone handling is. It appears
that I have it right now, but please test.
Revision
2857 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 4 18:24:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added instructions for listing all valid time zones.
Revision
2856 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Oct 4 17:54:11 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
eliminated warnings in cases where status is "".
Revision
2855 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Oct 2 11:55:31 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
added generic string-only context, and converted contextABCD and
contextTF to use it.
Revision
2854 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 30 14:53:15 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
removed ability to duplicate a set in edit mode
still possible in regular viewing mode
Revision
2853 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 29 23:45:42 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
don't send stupid header for safari, don't set feedbackRecipients.
Revision
2852 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 29 23:38:40 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make SQL comparisons case-sensitive. closes bug #679.
Revision
2851 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 29 23:37:21 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
protect against sql injection attacks by using "?" everywhere.
Revision
2850 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 29 22:48:08 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
actually set RaiseError :)
Revision
2849 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 29 21:38:06 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added permissions to allow disabling of feedback, options.
submit_feedback, change_password, change_email_address
Revision
2848 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 29 18:00:42 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
better sql error handling. if connect_cached() fails, an exception is
thrown. both handles have RaiseError set, so subsequent errors cause
expections to be thrown too.
Revision
2847 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 29 16:49:30 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
moved new names of some modules to URLPath. added sp2nbsp() for link
names.
Revision
2846 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 29 16:23:58 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
On the edit set list view, make the set_id a link so that users can see
where to edit all set data, e.g. the header file info.
Arnie
Revision
2845 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 29 16:20:02 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
case-insensitive sorting
Revision
2844 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 29 16:19:37 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed silly safari hack, added warning about this utility sucking.
Revision
2843 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 29 15:59:12 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Modified flow of verify() so that a user doesn't have to login twice
if they have a cookie with an expired key.
Revision
2842 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 29 15:47:30 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow string constants to include spaces.
Revision
2841 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 29 15:26:28 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure that all request param data defaults to at least ""
Fixed Try it links
Closes #695, 697
Revision
2840 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 29 14:45:58 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo.
Arnie
CVS ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision
2839 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 29 00:37:18 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Make open date, etc. boxes larger to accomodate time zones.
Arnie
Revision
2838 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 28 21:07:53 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Increase size of boxes for editing open date, etc. so that time zones
show up.
Arnie
Revision
2837 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 28 01:23:01 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added script to add indices to sql_single courses. usage:
wwaddindexing course_name
Revision
2836 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 27 19:28:36 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added script to convert a course from sql to sql_single. moves sql
tables from the course's database to the database used by the sql_single
loyout. also gives instructions on how to modify the course's
course.conf file to complete the transition.
Call sql2sql_single like this, in the common case:
./sql2sql_single <course-name> webwork root <sql-root-pw>
You can easily bash script this to do mass conversions of courses:
cd /webwork/shared-courses
for course in *; do
sql2sql_single $course webwork root <sql-root-pw>
cd /webwork/shared-courses/$course
sed 's/sql/sql_single/' < course.conf > course.conf.new
mv course.conf course.conf.old
mv course.conf.new course.conf
done
to do a subset of all courses, change the `for' line to:
for course in course1 course2 course3; do
Revision
2835 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 27 19:21:54 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added dbLayoutSQLSources function to get a hash mapping DBI sources to
the username and password of the source and the tables that use the
source.
Revision
2834 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 27 19:08:47 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Preserves sticky values on all form submissions
Added reset form button to delete any unsaved changes
Added file error messgaes for headers and problems with
non-existant, invalid, or duplicate filenames
Revision
2833 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 27 19:05:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
No longer initially sets value of textbox to that of select menu
so that sticky values are preserved. Checks first for the select menu
default value.
Revision
2832 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 27 17:47:04 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix problem with TeX output of implicit multiplication between
items that would put two digits next to each other (like 2 3^2).
Revision
2831 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 27 17:16:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added hosted_courses log by default
Revision
2830 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 27 17:15:47 2004 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixes to make setup easier.
Revision
2829 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 24 15:21:50 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added time zone to the format time and dates subroutine in Utils.pm
Revision
2828 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 24 12:38:43 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed titles of columns to include the word edit.
Revision
2827 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 24 12:36:50 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed documentation for "Hmwk sets editor"
Revision
2826 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 24 12:15:01 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Check to see that value is defined before using pattern match
Revision
2825 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 23 22:03:03 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Matching full path was not working (the match was being made
against only the file name regardless of the match flag).
Revision
2824 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 23 21:31:41 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Two new Parser contexts, one for matching problems involving answers
like A, B, C and D, the other for T/F answers. These contexts have an
advantage over the standard str_cmp() checker in that it will give
additional error messages when the student enters an unrecognized answer.
Revision
2823 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 23 21:09:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed Parser so that you can replace the Formula class as well as the
other object types.
Revision
2822 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 23 20:29:28 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Made some of the bold face type entries on the classlist page and the
homework page.
-- Mike
Revision
2821 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 23 18:45:48 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
tiny doc fix -- new() takes a $dbLayout, not a $ce
Revision
2820 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 23 17:10:09 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added DateTime module to the list of required modules.
Revision
2819 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 23 16:53:31 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
cleaned up command-line scripts.
- use new hashref form of WeBWorK::CourseEnvironment constructor.
- moved PSH to lib/
- stop using FindBin in wwsh
Revision
2818 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 23 16:33:59 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed deprecated scripts
Revision
2817 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 23 13:09:33 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
undefined value was causing unnecessary warns
Revision
2816 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 23 12:59:53 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Added ComboBoxes for header information
Allows user to enter a user specified value
or to select from currently existing header files
Revision
2815 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 23 12:57:45 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
New widget for general use
Contains a textfield and dropdown menu of options
Makes use of javascript to simulate similar comboboxes from
windows/macs/etc
Revision
2814 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 22 23:29:53 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Running
latex check_latex.tex
will check to see that the .sty files can be found.
Revision
2813 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 22 23:28:54 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Updated set_list help file.
Revision
2812 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 21 23:27:40 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
pod fix
Revision
2811 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 21 20:20:25 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
minor patch to previous update fully allows editing one set
for multiple users
Revision
2810 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 21 20:08:51 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to duplicate a set.
Removed header files, now viewable/editable from ProblemSetEditor
Changed links to ProblemSetDetail
Lists skipped sets when importing.
Revision
2809 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 21 20:07:48 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to edit Hardcopy Header
If passed make_local_copy with any true value, assumes
that the file being edited is some type of library or default file
that should not be overwritten and the Save button is greyed out.
Stopped editor from trying to edit blank files or edit directories as files.
Revision
2808 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 21 20:05:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Changed ProblemSetEditor calls to ProblemSetDetail
Added Davide Cervone's patches
- Fixes formatting
- Made usage more consistent
- Added appropriate error messages
Closes #663.
Revision
2807 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 21 20:01:25 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Added new setCountMessage so that ProblemSetDetail can say:
"User toenail has been assigned x sets"
Revision
2806 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 21 19:59:19 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Changed references from ProblemSetEditor to ProblemSetDetail
Added ability to edit a set for multiple users. Closes #646 and #662.
Revision
2805 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 21 19:55:48 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Changed some references from ProblemSetEditor to ProblemSetDetail
Revision
2804 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 21 19:51:45 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Changed instructor_set_detail from ProblemSetEditor to ProblemSetDetail
Removed instructor_problem_list
Changed some references from ProblemSetEditor to ProblemSetDetail
Revision
2803 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 19 15:11:08 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The $Parser::class variable was being handled after the "use"
statements at the end, so had to put a BEGIN around it.
Revision
2802 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 19 14:43:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Eliminated unneeded parentheses in TeX output when unary minus and
plus are used with fractions.
Revision
2801 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 19 14:41:57 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
More changes for the isZero and isOne checks. (Missed this file when
I committed the others.)
Revision
2800 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 19 14:27:39 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added isZero and isOne checks for Parser::Value objects (i.e., for
constants within formulas). These now correctly handle vector and
matrices, in particular. The isOne and isZero checks are used in the
reduce() method to simplify formulas.
Revision
2799 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 19 11:49:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a new flag to the Formula()->cmp answer checker that allows a
constant-valued formula to be evaluated and then use the checker for
the resulting type. This is useful when you want the correct answer
for a numeric check to be shown in a symbolic form (like "pi/4")
rather than as a decimal number. To do this, use
Formula("pi/4")->cmp(eval=>1);
rather than Real(pi/4)->cmp, which would show the correct answer as
0.785398. Note that Formula("pi/4")->cmp would also match against
pi/4, but it does it as a function rather than a number, so error
messages might be issued indicating that the checker is expecting a
formula that returns a number, rather than just a number; this might
be confusing to a student. It would also accept answers like
"pi/4-x+x" as correct, whereas with eval=>1 this would produce an
error message saying that the answer was supposed to be a number not a
formula returning a number.
Similarly, if you want to show sqrt(2)/2 as the correct answer, use
Context()->flags->set(reduceConstants=>0, reduceConstantFunctions=>0);
Formula("sqrt(2)/2")->cmp(eval=>1);
The first line tells the parser not to automatically reduce
expressions that only involve constants, so that the value of the
formula in the second line will not be reduced to a decimal before
the cmp method is called.
Revision
2798 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 19 11:29:06 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make Formula()->eval return a Real (ie, aValue::Real object) rather
than a perl number. That way, you can use $f->eval->cmp rather than
needing Real($f->eval)->cmp, and so on.
Also make Formula()->perl do the same, for consistency.
(This could have been accomplished by having the Parser::Number class
evaluate to a Real, but for efficiency during computation, we put
off making the Real object until the end. It probably doesn't make
that big a difference, but every little bit helps.)
Revision
2797 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 19 01:16:10 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
File needed to reduction flags that was accidentally left out of the
previous commit. Sorry!
Revision
2796 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 19 01:15:03 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added flags that control the reductions performed by
Formula()->reduce. Each reduction operation can be individually
enabled or disabled in the context, and in the reduce() call itself.
More complex reductions need to be developed.
Revision
2795 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 18 23:16:37 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo in addParens method name.
Revision
2794 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 17 19:40:42 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Replaces ProblemSetEditor.pm and ProblemList.pm as primary form of editing
set/problem information.
Revision
2793 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 17 18:46:35 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Sort sudents by Last Name, First Name instead of bu user_id
Revision
2792 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 17 15:35:55 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
List students by their real names (in addition to studentID).
Arnie
Revision
2791 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 16 23:43:54 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Don't reduce constants in the display of student answers (so they can
tell how the parser interprets their answer). The drawback is that
the final number is not displayed. (We may need to add more columns
to the results display.)
Revision
2790 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 16 23:03:03 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use extra parens in the string version of the student's answer, but
not in the professor's (unless the problem sets the showExtraParens
flag).
Revision
2789 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 16 22:24:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added context flags to control automatic reduction of operations that
involve only constant values. The default is to combine constants,
but this can now be disabled.
Also added a new flag to control the addition of extra parentheses
that make string values painfully unambiguous (these are for
situations that students tend to get wrong). By default this is
turned off (so that professor answers won't contain excessive
parentheses), but the answer checker will be made to turn this on for
student answers.
Finally, when extra parens are added to formulas, they alternate
between ( ) and [ ] to make it easier to read.
Revision
2788 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 16 22:19:59 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Produce an error when attempting to auto-create a formula using a
function that has been removed from the current context.
Revision
2787 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 16 19:44:44 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Remove extraneous evals and also clean up email if no record exists in
merge file.
Arnie
Revision
2786 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 16 18:59:01 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Changed substitution as suggested by Sam
Arnie
Revision
2785 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 16 17:10:02 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
lean up test seen by students.
Arnie
Revision
2784 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 15 13:53:37 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Update w.r.t. sqrt, sech, csch
Arnie
Revision
2782 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 14 22:10:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
re-added use Date::Format
Revision
2781 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 14 21:36:45 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug with useBaseTenLog
Arnie
Revision
2780 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 14 21:27:20 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug with useBaseTenLog
Arnie
Revision
2779 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 14 18:55:58 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Make $COL[1], not $COL[0], the first column of the merge file.
Also stop negative indexes from cycling, e.g. $COL[-12] should
not give $COL[8] in a 10 column merge file.
Arnie
Revision
2778 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 13 19:35:12 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
timezone support
Revision
2777 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 13 19:34:54 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
disabled "sid_open", "sid_due", and "sid_answer" formats, since they
don't currenly work with timezones.
We need to find some way to get the timezone information in there
without messing up the interface. One option is to actually have the
database system aware of the timezone and propgate that information on
to the Set and UserSet Record classes. Then, add formatted pseudo-fields
to those record classes that encapsulate the date conversions. Hm, that
would be cool.
Eventually, it would be nice if the date accessors returned DateTime
objects instead of epochs, but that is for later.
Revision
2776 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 13 19:29:55 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added second argument to formatDateTime(), to support timezone specified
in course environment.
Revision
2775 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 13 19:29:08 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added formatDateTime and parseDateTime methods that use the timezone
from the course environment if one is not specified and call the "real"
functions in WeBWorK::Utils.
Revision
2774 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Sep 13 17:42:53 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
moved "use" lines to top of file, clobbered lingering "warn". noticed by
dpvc.
Revision
2773 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 12 12:09:53 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added missing \ for apostrophes after user name.
Revision
2772 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 12 11:11:47 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make partial credit in list answer checkers be the default (now that
WeBWorK can handle this).
Revision
2771 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 11 17:11:29 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug with constants where the values were being cached so that
changes in the context were not being reflected in the formulas that
use them.
Revision
2770 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 11 06:15:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
PRELIMINARY SUPPORT FOR TIME ZONES (towards closing bug #532).
(1) new configuration variable $siteDefaults{timezone}
Set the default timezone of courses on this server. This must be a value
valid for the TZ environment variable. See also tzset(3).
If left blank, the system timezone will be used. This is usually what
you want. You might want to set this if your server is NOT in the same
timezone as your school. If just a few courses are in a different
timezone, set this in course.conf for the affected courses instead.
(2) support for second optional $display_tz argument to formatDateTime()
and parseDateTime().
If specified, formatted string datetimes will be considered to be in
that timezone instead of the server's local timezone.
Remaining work:
find all calls to *DateTime() and add the $client_tz argument.
$client_tz is is really something that *DateTime() should be able to
grab out of $ce, but they're not a method on ContentGenerator, so we
have to pass it in. It might be worth moving them to ContentGenerator.
(Or some new subclass of ContentGenerator or something?)
Revision
2769 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 11 00:45:10 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
cleanup
Revision
2768 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 10 23:55:31 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
When creating formulas from functions, don't evaluate even if the
formula is constant. (This makes it possible to create automatically
create formulas even if they only contain constants.)
Revision
2767 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 10 22:40:52 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
applied dpvc's patch to clean up the answer results table, closing bug
#635.
Revision
2766 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 10 22:15:51 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
applied dpvc's filtering UI cleanup patch. closes bug #660.
Revision
2765 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 10 22:09:22 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added WeBWorK::Contents switch for preserving hardcopy temp files.
closes bug #633.
Revision
2764 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 10 22:03:28 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
new using $authz for permissions checks in hardcopy
Revision
2763 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 10 22:02:54 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed unused
Revision
2762 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 10 21:33:30 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed unused fetching and passing-around of permission level,
commented-out old versions of code. working towards closing bug #574.
Revision
2761 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 10 21:14:50 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
applied dpvc's partial correctness reporting patch, closing bug #634.
Revision
2760 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 10 21:03:57 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added check of real user's exiting password, closing bug #625.
Revision
2759 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 10 20:24:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
rel-2-0-patches merge: removed unused professor-enumerating code, fixing
bug #638.
Revision
2757 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 10 14:50:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
No longer produces the message that there are too many answers if
hints are being shown about individual entries in a list. (This gave
away the answer about which ones to remove.)
Revision
2756 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 10 14:48:35 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the error message produced for functions that have been
removed from the parser. I hope this will be more appropriate for
students.
Revision
2755 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 10 02:35:19 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
replaced hand-rolled header listing code with calls to
listFilesRecursive(). Libraries defined in $courseFiles{problibs} will
not be scanned, cutting down on time to list. Closes bug #623.
Revision
2754 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Sep 10 02:32:09 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added listFilesRecursive() subroutine, some housekeeping.
Revision
2752 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 8 16:43:53 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Fixes minor error in last submit. My bad.
Revision
2749 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 8 15:49:24 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
merging changes from patches
Original message:
Status was being checked for 'C' only and counting anything else
as a dropped student. The check now uses the more abstract siteDefaults
variable from global.conf and admits auditing students as well
Also removed redundant second status check that could never be reached.
Revision
2747 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 8 06:38:59 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
putPassword() and putPermissionLevel() now auto-create records that
don't exist by calling addPassword() and addPermissionLevel()
respectively. Closes bug #643.
Revision
2746 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 8 02:00:52 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error where AlgParser produces \sech and \csch, which are not
defined in TeX. This fixes bug #665.
Revision
2745 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 8 01:42:46 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
rolling back accidental commit.
Revision
2744 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 8 01:42:05 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Added Bill's textDateTime/intDateTime routines. Closes bug #618.
Revision
2742 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 8 01:07:50 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed "use WeBWorK::Utils" (added for debugging)
Revision
2741 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 8 01:06:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
make sure this problem number exists in the hash before returning. If it
doesn't, return undef. We check "pfn$n" since the path to the problem
file is the essence of the problem, and if this doesn't exist, the
problem might as well not exist.
Revision
2739 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Sep 7 20:20:23 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
reduce circumstances in which GDBM retries connecting unncessarily.
- check for unreadable and unwriteable files
- when auto-creating file by connecting read/write, only connect once.
- improved error messages.
Revision
2738 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 5 18:00:23 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
rel-2-0-patches merge: fixes for invalid "published" field. Rob said:
should finally fix bugs dealing with sets being created (usually from 1.9)
without a valid setting in the published field
now anyone of Problem, ProblemSet, or ProblemSets will correct this bug.
Revision
2737 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 5 14:47:24 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Better authorization checks (should there be a "view_past_answers"
permission level?) and a fix for missing </TABLE> when no entries
are found.
Revision
2736 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 5 01:03:13 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed a null character to \000 which caused the file to be
considered a binary file by CVS. I don't know why it is there in the
first place, however. Anyone know?
Revision
2735 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Sep 5 00:54:31 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Modified ShowAnswers.pm so that the individual answsers are colored coded to
indicate whether they are correct or not. I also added a permission
level called "dont_log_past_answers" that is true for professors (so
the answer log won't be cluttered up with professors answers, which we
don't really care about seeing).
While I was at it, I converted ShowAnswers.pm to use the CGI package
rather than explicit HTML.
Revision
2734 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 4 23:31:46 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
When a pg file has auxiliary files (like .gif images), it is often
stored in a separate directory in order to keep all the files
together. In this case, the Library Browser will show the
subdirectory as a separate entry in the problem directory list, even
though the problem is logically part of its parent directory.
This patch modified the Library Browser so that these single-pg-file
directories are merged with their parents, as long as they also
include other non-pg-files.
It also provides a method of controling the library browser on a
directory-by-directory basis using specially named files. If a
directory contains a file named "=library-ignore", then the directory
is never shown in the directory menu. If it contains a file called
"=library-combine-up", then its contents are considered to be part of
the parent directory, even if it has more than one pg file. If it
contains one called "=library-no-combine", then the directory is
always listed separately in the menu, even if it has only one pg file.
Revision
2733 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 4 20:45:31 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file defined an answer checker for lists of variable names
(ordered or unordered, and optionally enclosed in parentheses). You
can use this answer checker for questions that give a system of
equations and ask which variables are the dependent and which the
independent variables, for example.
Revision
2732 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 4 20:42:45 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file provides an answer checker that determines whether two
students answers compose to form a given function. The student
answers are not allowed to be the identity function, or a function
that is trivially generated from the composition.
See the comments within the file for details about how to use it.
Revision
2731 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 4 20:40:43 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file defines a NumberWithUnits class for that provides an answer
checker for numbers with units. It uses the same units package that
the standard answer checkers use, but this will eventually be replaced
by a more complete Units class within the parser itself. The class
produces a preview string in which the units show appropriately.
Revision
2730 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 4 20:31:55 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file defines a DifferenceQuotient class that provides an answer
checker for difference quotients. These include a variable "dx" (or a
user specified one) that can be used as part of the formula, and the
student must simplify the answer at least enough to remove the dx from
the denominator.
Revision
2729 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 4 20:29:52 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file provides some convenient tools for generating random points
and vectors that are not the zero vector, plus some other misc. utilities.
Revision
2728 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 4 20:28:33 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This file defines a ParametricLine class that provides an answser
checker for lines in any dimension given parametrically. The answer
checker will recognize the line even if the point and direction vector
used by the student are not the same as the ones used by the
professor.
See the comments within the file for examples of how to use it.
Revision
2727 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 4 20:26:23 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This macro file defines an ImplicitPlane (and inplicit line) class of
Parser object that provides an answer checker for planes (or
hyperplanes in any dimension) of the form ax + by + cz = d. Students
can provide their answer in any (linear) form that is equivalent to
this.
The class accepts several formats for specifying the correct-answer plane.
Revision
2726 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Sep 4 20:21:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
These files provide contexts for the Parser in which only limited
operations are allowed. The LimitedNumeric context is analogous to
strict_num_cmp(). The other contexts are similar, but for the
indicated type of answer. In the LimitedVector context, for example,
the student can enter vectors, and can perform numeric operations
within the coordinates of the vectors, but can't perform vector
operations like vector addition or cross product.
Revision
2724 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 2 22:53:00 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
cleaned up mike's permission level patch to Feedback.pm:
- added receive_feedback permission (conf/global.conf.dist)
- use standard hasPermissions() function (lib/WeBWorK/ContentGenerator/Feedback.pm)
- check for undefined and empty string in permission field (lib/WeBWorK/Authz.pm)
Revision
2722 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 2 22:30:34 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
rel-2-0-patches merge: allow pdflatex to handle eps graphics
Revision
2719 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Sep 2 21:21:43 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
formatting fix (also comitted to rel-2-0-patches)
Revision
2708 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Sep 1 18:43:22 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added more units to the help file.
Revision
2704 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 31 01:15:53 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The variable for printing file names in course.conf was incorrectly
set up using email addresses instead of userIDs.
Revision
2703 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 30 19:32:57 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
fixed bad logic that caused problems if user selected
"import multiple sets" but then chose only one set
(in this case handler erroneously expected a filename)
also tweaked sorting by name to be properly alphanumeric
Revision
2702 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 30 19:22:27 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a problem with the new stack traceback error trapping. It seems
that the hardcopy generator uses the error routines to pass array
references rather than strings, so I've added a check for that in the
__DIE__ signal handler so that it won't try to add tracebacks to
those.
Revision
2701 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 28 15:53:09 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Only convert (f(x))^2 to f^2(x) for specified functions f
(as marked in the Context).
Revision
2700 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 28 14:10:13 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Changed sort of current sets to use sortByName.
Revision
2699 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 28 13:56:54 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Improved error message reporting in PG and in the main WeBWorK
dispatcher. If an error is trapped by the main dispatcher, it now
prints a complete stack trace for the error.
Note that the PG error reporting also requires an update to the pg
tree as well, so be sure you update both trees.
Revision
2698 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 28 13:52:33 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Add better error reporting in PG translator. In particular, these
changes add two new features:
1) produce a full stack trace when a .pg file dies, and
2) convert (eval nnn) references to filenames, when
possible, in warn and die messages while processing a
.pg file.
There is also a change in the webwork tree that is needed to make this
all work, so be sure to apply updates in both trees.
Revision
2697 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 28 12:43:57 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Two more minor TeX improvements.
Revision
2696 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 28 12:34:56 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Improved TeX and string output in a number of situations. Improved
use of parentheses to avoid things like x+-3. Fixed wrong parentheses
in powers. Display (sin(x))^2 as sin^2(x) in TeX output.
Revision
2695 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 28 02:09:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Sort lists of set definition files alphabetically.
Revision
2694 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 28 01:30:03 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added instructions/examples for problib hash from 2-0-patches
Revision
2692 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 27 21:49:36 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use the current context if the answer doesn't have one itself (like
with Value objects).
Revision
2691 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 27 21:14:23 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use "real" table names when checking names and overridden table names
when constructing sql statements
Revision
2690 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 27 21:13:22 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changed default database layout to sql_single
Revision
2689 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 27 21:12:46 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added sql_single layout
Revision
2688 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 27 19:42:59 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added in functMaxConstantOfIntegration support in the adaptive
parameter answer checking. Also added a flag to the formula answer
checker that allows checking a formula up to a constant (for
integration problems). This really just adds a new parameter to the
context and adds that to the formula, so there is nothing deep about
this.
ANS(Formula("2x")->cmp(upToConstant=>1));
Finally, don't look for adaptive parameters if they aren't actually
used in the professor's formula (even if they are defined).
Revision
2687 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 27 00:28:27 2004 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to have linear adaptive parameters in the function
answer checker. It only works for real-valued functions, though.
To use a parameter, use
Context()->variables->add(a=>'Parameter');
and then use 'a' as a variable within your answer. The student will
not be allowed to enter the parameter, but the professor will.
Note that the correct answer will show the full professor's answer,
including the parameters, even though the student can't type it. Is
this the right behaviour?
Revision
2686 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 26 02:38:08 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug in computation of average number of attempts (counter was not
being reset). Also made display of average number of attempts display
tenths (these are small numbers as it is, it emphasizes that it is an
average, and it fits well below 2 digit percentages in the same table).
Revision
2685 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 26 01:34:30 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed logic for the check/submit buttons. Previously, if a student had 1
attempt remaining, they only got a check button. The problem was that
can{recordAnswers} was used for both deciding record/submit and for whether
or not to produce the Submit button. On the last submission, these are
different. So, this adds a new field to can/must/will so that one field
says whether we can record the current attempt, and another says if we
can generate a Submit button.
Revision
2684 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 24 21:35:21 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added the makeUnion call that was removed earlier. The AnswerChecker
for formulas sometimes called it (when the student's answer is constant).
Revision
2683 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 24 16:53:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added code to generate indexes when creating sql and sql_single courses.
Revision
2682 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 24 03:36:54 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug with sin^2 x that introduced when I adjusted the
error report for implied multiplication.
Revision
2681 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 24 03:34:47 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
TeX mode now adds parentheses around fractions, when needed.
Revision
2680 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 24 03:33:30 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Made string function look for a string field in teh definition of the
function as an override for its name. (This way, you can make asin
appear as arcsin or even sin^(-1) if you want).
Revision
2679 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 24 03:31:47 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed wrong error messages when operators are undefined in a context.
Revision
2678 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 23 23:55:37 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Modified the parser so that the classes for the various object
constructors are stored in the context table rather than hard-coded
into the parser. That way, you can override the default classes with
your own. This gives you even more complete control to modify the
parser. (You had been able to replace the definitions of operators,
functions and list-like objects, but could not override the behaviour
of numbers, strings, variables, and so on. Now you can.)
This effects most of the files, but only by changing the name of the
calls that create the various objects.
There are also a couple of other minor fixes.
Revision
2677 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 23 19:14:42 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the default behavior of feedback e-mail addresses to what was
probably intended. The behavior before was by default, all feedback e-mail
was disabled. Now, by default feedback goes to profs/tas with e-mail
addresses, or to the list of people if it is explicitly given (which can be
blank if you want to disable feedback e-mail).
Revision
2676 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 23 05:00:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Better highlighting for syntax error involving implied
multiplication. (No highlighted had been done in the past.)
Revision
2675 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 23 04:59:05 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Get the type right when evaluating an AbsoluteValue and obtaining a
Value object.
Revision
2674 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 23 04:58:00 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Remove more lines in error messages produced while evaluation student
answers.
Revision
2673 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 23 01:21:27 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Moved WW-specific routines from Parser.pm to WeBWorK.pm.
Changed error reporting when the error message was not generated by
the parser directly. (The stack trace and line number references are
removed before the error is reported.)
Revision
2672 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 22 22:46:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added easy calls to disable/enable collections of functions or
individual functions in the current context. So you can say
Parser::Context::Functions::Disable('Trig');
to disallow the use of trig functions, or
Parser::Context::Functions::Disable('Trig','Numeric');
Parser::Context::Functions::Enable('sqrt');
to disable trig and numeric functions (like log, exp, abs, etc) but
allow sqrt.
Note that disabling sqrt() does not disable x^(1/2) (this must be done
through disabling the ^ and ** operators), and disabling abs() does
not disable |x| (which must be done by removing the '|' definition
from the Context's parens list).
Revision
2671 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 22 21:18:06 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed some inconsistencies between handing of matrices within the
parser and Value packages. Added a predefined Matrix context.
Revision
2670 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 22 16:06:28 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Had the default granularity the wrong direction.
Revision
2669 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 22 15:42:50 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Made the granularity of the test-point intervals be a parameter that
can be set on a global or variable-by-variable basis, so this is now
controlable from the .pg file. For example:
Context("Numeric")->variables->are(
k=>{limits=>[1,10], resolution=>1},
x=>{limits=>[-2,2], granularity=>1000},
);
will make k be a variable that will only take on integer values
between 1 and 10, and x a variable that will take on one of 1000
different values evenly spaced between -2 and 2 (so resolution is
4/1000 in this case).
These parameters can also be set for an individual formula:
$f = Formula("k^2-1");
$f->{resolution} = 1;
$f->{limits} = [0,10];
Revision
2668 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 22 02:55:38 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed TeX output of Matrices to use \array rather than \matrix for
matrices with formulas as entries (this had already been fixed for
constant matrices). Made intervals produce formulas when of of the
endpoints is a formula. Removed unneeded comment.
Revision
2667 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 22 02:51:53 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added support for dimension warnings in the answer checker for
formulas that return points, vectors or matrices.
Revision
2666 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 22 00:56:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Formulas can now be compared even if their variables are complex
numbers, or even points or vectors! This makes it possible to ask
students for complex functions like z^2+i and so on.
You can specify limits for variables either via
Context()->variables->set(x=>{limits=>[0,1]}) (for reals) or
Context()->variables->set(z=>{limits=>[[-2,2],[0,1]]}) (for complexes).
Similarly for points and vectors (where the number of sub arrays
depends on the dimension). You can also give the limits for a
specific formula by assigning to its ->{limits} field:
$f = Formula("sqrt(x-10)");
$f->{limits} = [10,12];
There are now named variable types for 'Point2D', 'Point3D',
'Vector2D' and 'Vector3D', in addition to 'Real' and 'Complex'.
You can also specify a variable type by giving an explicit instance of
a value of the given type. E.g.
Context()->variables->add(x=>'Real',y=>0); # two real variables
Context()->variables->add(z=>'Complex',w=>i); # two complexes
Context()->variables->add(r=>Vector(0,0,0)); # a vector in R^3
Context()->variables->add(X=>'Vector3D'); # a vector in R^3
There still needs to be more error checking in processing
user-supplied limits, but I'm not sure how much overhead is worth it.
Revision
2665 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 22 00:41:44 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Made the default context be Numeric context rather than Full context.
Since there is only one variable in this context, it will speed up
function answer checking. It will also encourage you to choose the
correct context explicitly.
Also changed Complex context to have z as the only variable. If you
want x and y as reals, you need to add them in by hand. Again, this
is for efficiency in answer checking.
Revision
2664 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 21 22:02:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a file to perform WeBWorK-specific modifications to the
Parser/Value packages. (I've tried to make these independent of
WeBWorK, so you can use them in other perl code if you want to.)
The parameters for fuzzy reals and some of the other parameters now
are taken from the pg->{ansEvalDefaults} values (as defined in
global.conf or course.conf). More still needs to be done with this,
however.
Revision
2662 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 21 19:02:30 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated document to reflect changes in List()->cmp flags.
Revision
2661 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 20 15:56:56 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
A number of fixes to make handing lists work better. In particular,
you can now specify checks for whether the right kinds of parentheses
(or none at all) are used on the student's answer. Some of the flags
for the list checker have been changed to accommodate this.
Revision
2660 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 20 15:52:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
A number of adjustments to get negative infinities to work better.
They used to be stored as separate Parser strings, but now they are
flagged versions of a single string.
All of the problems are really due to the fact that there is no
Infinity class in the Parser (only a Value version). That should be
changed, but will require some work, and can be put off for now.
It would be best if the classes within the two packages would match up
nearly 1-to-1, but for historical reasons, they don't. Since the
introduction of Real, String and Infinity classes to the Value
package, The Infinity class is the one main difference between the
two, and once that is fixed, everything needs to be looked over to
check for unnecessary complications due to the historical lack of classes
in one or the other package.
Revision
2658 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 20 11:17:06 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make blank patterns be ^$ (which should never match) rather than empty
(which always matches). this fixes a problem where if a context has
no functions, for example, the parser would attempt to create function
calls to a function named ''.
Revision
2657 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 20 11:13:51 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle trapped error messages that are not produced by the parser
error reporter (i.e., by bugs within the parser itself). Also added
an error if implied multiplication is attempted when the operator for
it is not defined in the current context.
Revision
2656 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 20 02:13:38 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
We need to protect the HTML in the professor's answer so that if it
contains <, for example, it won't disappear.
Revision
2655 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 20 02:11:50 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo.
Revision
2654 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 20 02:11:08 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Avoid possible infinite recursion in promotePrecedence() when special
precedence is used.
Revision
2653 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 19 17:31:18 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error with handling of +infinity and -infinity.
(They had been defined as strings, but now we can let the + and -
operators handle them).
Revision
2652 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 19 15:45:52 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added special handling of ' Top' directory for problem templates
now selecting top will show files in top directory not literal "Top" directory
fixes bug #630
Revision
2651 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 19 14:51:56 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Improved output for this sample problem.
Revision
2650 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 19 14:23:00 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added Parser::Number::NoDecimals() function that causes the parser to
give an error message when the student types a decimal number. This
means the student must enter fractions as fractions, or values like
sqrt(2) or pi/4 symbolically not numerically.
Revision
2649 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 19 14:19:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed an error in the generation of regexp patterns for the various
data types.
Revision
2648 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 19 12:38:47 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The answer checkers now work with subclasses of Formulas that are not
part of the Value:: package tree itself (we call Value::isFormula()
rather than checking the class directly).
I also removed the various cmp_* flags that stored method names as
they ended up not needing to be used (they were intended as a means of
overriding the default method names, but subclassing turned out to be
a better approach).
I moved some initialization of the answer checker out of the anonymous
subroutine that is installed in the checker and just have that
subroutine call the correct answer's main checker (which I renamed).
Finally, I changed the student_ans value to be an HTMLized version of
the student answer, since the student could include things like < in
his answer (e.g., for vectors), in which case his whole answer might
disappear. I wonder if this couldn't be handled better at a higher
level, as it seems wrong to make the student_ans be HTML rather than
the parsed string. I originally thought Problem.pm could do the
protecting of HTML special characters, but this won't work without
additional changes, since some answer checkers put HTML into
student_ans to mark sytanx errors in the student answer, and you DON'T
want to protect those HTML characters. The student_ans field is
probably being misused in this, and there might want to be another
field that gets used by Problem.pm in place of student_ans (which can
be HTML protected) when it is non-empty; say student_HTML or something
like that. The answer checkers could use that field if it wants to
add HTML to the student answer, and student_ans otherwise, with the
assurance that it's HTML characters will be protected. That way, if a
second answer checker calls the first (like some list checkers do),
then the second checker doesn't have to worry about removing HTML from
the student ans, and doesn't ahve to wonder whether the student_ans
actually contains an error message or syntax markings rather than the
actual student answer.
Revision
2647 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 19 12:18:56 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Context() now accepts a reference to an actual Context object rather
than a name of a predefined context, and will switch to that.
Revision
2646 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 19 12:16:41 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make it possible to create subclasses of objects in the value package
that are not actually in the Value:: package tree. This makes it
possible to have .pl files (that are run via loadMacros) that create
new Value object classes that are local to the problem rather than
global to the system. (With mod_perl, if a .pl file added to the
Value:: tree itself, the results would be persistent, and this could
adversely affect future problems processed by the same httpd child
process. It could lead to "redefined subroutine" errors, or worse.)
This provides a safe way to extend the parser on a problem-specific
basis.
This technique is used in the line and plane answer checkers (coming
soon), for example. If such a checker becomes widely used, it can
always be added into the Value:: tree at a later time.
Revision
2645 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 19 12:02:15 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure equality always returns a defined value, and
put spaces around the equal sign in string output.
Revision
2644 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 19 12:01:12 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make sure loadMacros() doesn't try to load these files more than once.
Revision
2643 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 19 11:55:56 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Use the standard precedences rather than the experimental ones by
default. The professor will need to specificaly request the
non-standard ones, for now.
Revision
2642 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 18 22:55:41 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Bringing Hardcopy.pm up to date on this branch. This fix
corrects bug #636. Students can no longer print hardcopy of
hidden sets.
Revision
2640 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 18 01:42:33 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added deletion code, got rid of crap.
Revision
2639 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 18 01:41:39 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added ordering and descriptions for known database layouts
Revision
2638 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 18 01:40:44 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added debugging header!
Revision
2637 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 17 20:17:45 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added \boldsymbol, though it is just an alias for \mathbf, which isn't
really the right thing. But jsMath doesn't have the bold math italic
font to call on, so there is not much to do about that.
Revision
2636 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 17 18:52:10 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Actually display answers of zero. showHTML() was returning an EMPTY
STRING if its argument didn't have a TRUE VALUE.
Revision
2635 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 17 18:51:46 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Actually record answers of zero in the answer log. An EMPTY string was
logged if the student answer was not a TRUE VALUE. Thus, answers of zero
were not being logged (although they were still in the transaction log).
Revision
2634 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 17 15:21:58 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the string used for the student answer to be taken from the
unevaluated formula rather than the fully-evaluated one. This leaves
constants unreplaced, for one thing.
Currently the parser combines constants automatically during the parse
[which should be controllable by a flag], so student answers that
produce numbers are fully evaluated at this point already, except for
constant substitution. This could be changed so that even for
numberic results, the student sees the parsed expression (rather than
the numeric result), which might help them identify where they and the
parser differ in their interpretation. It is still nice to see the
final computed result, however, but there is no place to show the
parsed input as well as the final result. One solution would be to
add another column (wasting space). Another would be to make the
value shown be "parsed-value = computed-value" when they are not the
same thing. A bit ugly, but works within the current framework.
Revision
2633 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 17 15:13:51 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated the parser documentation to include the new features. In
particular, included information about the answer checkers.
Also, minor changes to some sample problems.
Revision
2632 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 17 12:05:18 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typo in name of random generator.
Revision
2631 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 17 11:59:27 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Switched to Interval context (this makes sure open intervals are
considered intervals rather than lists).
Revision
2630 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 17 02:05:23 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
New example files for the parser's function answer checker.
Revision
2629 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 17 02:01:27 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a number of minor problems with creating perl functions from
formulas (this is done automatically as part of the function answer
checker, so is showing up now that I have that checker in place).
Also improved error messages in the function answer checker, and fixed
a bug when students enter a constant list or union when the answer
checker expects formulas.
Revision
2628 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 16 21:41:05 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow parser "constants" to be (in reality) formulas. That way, for
example, you can defined T, N and B to be the formulas for the unit
tangent, normal and binormal of a space curve (as functions of "t")
and the student can write anwers in terms of T, N and B (without
having to compute them).
You could have created FUNCTIONS T(t), N(t) and B(t), and added them
to the parser to get almost the same effect, but the students would
have had to include the "(t)". (If you want that, go ahead and do it
that way.)
Revision
2627 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 16 20:22:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Removed unwanted side-effects of some type-match checks, and moved the
ignoreStrings flag so that it is available for the checkers of ANY type.
Revision
2626 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 16 19:44:26 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
One more fix for handling intervals properly (I think it's really
right this time). Also, named constants that end in numbers will
produce TeX output with the number as a subscript (this was already
true for variable names).
Revision
2625 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 16 18:35:12 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added string comparison to all Value object classes (to compare the
string value of an object to another string).
Overloaded perl '.' operator to do dot product when the operands are
formulas returning vectors. (Part of the auto-generation of
formulas).
A few improvements to real and complex class output results.
Made Union class slightly more robust and removed need for makeUnion
method other than in the Union itself.
Revision
2624 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 16 13:44:45 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added support for unorderd list or formulas with partial credit.
Fixed type mismatch reporting in formula answer checker.
Fixed an error with Unions producing incorrect perl versions under
some circumstances.
Revision
2623 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 16 11:35:15 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed typos in Software Warning message.
Revision
2622 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 15 22:46:57 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Created the first draft of the Parser's function answer checker. Some
work still needs to be done, in particular, type mismatches are not
being reported, and lists are being processed only as ordered lists
with no partial credit.
This doesn't implement everything from fun_cmp. In particular, there
is no support for parameter matching at the moment. This will have to
be added, but I'm not quite sure how to do it when the function's
return value is not a real number (e.g., an interval).
On the other hand, this checker is more forgiving about domain errors:
if tries a point where the professor's function is not defined, it
ignores that one and looks for another (until it decides it can't find
one). Once it has these points, it tries them on the student's
answer, and if the student's function is undefined, then the student
answer is wrong (since it is not defined somewhere that the
professor's funciton is). This avoids the "Error evaluating student
function at ..." messages, which just confused most students anyway.
Revision
2621 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 15 17:05:41 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Improved error messages, particularly when the student enters a
formula in an answer that should be constant, and also for incorrect
answers in lists of answers. There are a few other miscellaneous output
improvements as well.
Revision
2620 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 15 12:02:05 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Had to put back the global context variable after all. :-(
It gets reset in Parser.pl, so it should be OK even with mod_perl.
Revision
2619 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 15 00:45:46 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Modified Context() function so that it no longer uses a global package
variable for storing the user's context table.
Revision
2618 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 15 00:16:18 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added $showPartialCorrectAnswers = 1 to get hints and partial credit.
Revision
2617 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Aug 15 00:13:38 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The Union answer checker now uses the generic List checker, so that it
will be able to produce partial credit and hints about which Intervals
are correct.
Revision
2616 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 14 21:29:21 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added an equality operator (not active initially) that can be used for
things like equations of planes and so on. I'm working on the answer
checker for that.
Revision
2615 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 14 21:27:45 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
*** empty log message ***
Revision
2614 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 14 19:37:49 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added functions to macro file needed for new samples.
Revision
2613 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 14 19:33:10 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated example files to use new features of parser and its answer checkers.
Revision
2612 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 14 19:29:42 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed some bugs in the handle of the context in ->string and ->TeX
methods of Value objects.
Revision
2611 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 14 15:59:35 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a typo in one of the parser answer checkers. Added a line that
was incorrecctly removed in the parser.
Revision
2610 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 14 13:55:54 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The class file for the Value::String object. (Forgot to add it before
the last commit. Sorry!)
Revision
2609 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 14 13:54:52 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a String type to the Value package. Mostly this is to make it
possible to generate an answer checker for it that uses the parser.
It also makes it more consistent for handling things like stringify,
especially when they are recursively called internally.
Added new default strings "NONE" and "DNE", since these get used a
lot.
Modified how the default parameters are set up for the answer
checkers, and how the answer checker reports the expected answer type
in type mismatch error messages.
Revision
2608 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 14 13:49:56 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added Infinity function (similar to i and pi) for creating infinity
constants.
Revision
2607 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 14 11:26:49 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Allow unary + and - to work on infinities.
Revision
2606 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 14 11:25:47 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Can now specify that the objects stringify themselfs in their TeX
forms rather than their answer-string forms. This makes it easier to
use the objects in the text of a problem (without having to call ->TeX
explicitly each reference).
Use
Context()->texStrings
to start outputting TeX strings, and
Context()->normalStrings
to switch back.
Revision
2605 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Aug 14 02:50:18 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Incorporated infinities into Parser package better. They have been
stored as String objects (with extra data) in the parser, and I've
left it that way, but now they convert to/from Vallue::Infinity
objects correctly, and these are used for generating the output.
Also added the Infinity answer checker, and adjusted the error
messages produces by type mismatches in the answer checkers and
elsewhere.
Revision
2604 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 13 23:49:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed some output issues with intervals and unions.
Revision
2603 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 13 23:01:07 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added an Infinite object class for the Value package. Still need to
add it to the Parser package.
Revision
2602 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 13 22:57:27 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the way the parser checks to see if it is loaded.
Revision
2601 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 13 19:06:09 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added ability to report incorrect coordinates in point and vector
answers, and incorrect endpoints and endpoint types in intervals.
Separated these kinds of checks from the typeMatch check, where they
didn't really belong.
Added ability to specify intervals and unions as strings in Interval()
and Union(), which makes it easier to make constants of these types.
There are still problems comparing intervals that contain infinities;
I really need to make the infinity object to solve this, so have put
off trying to fix that for now.
Revision
2600 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 13 14:39:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Handle list entries that are not Value objects better.
Revision
2599 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 13 14:19:23 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
The List object's answer checker is now considerably improved. It
will allow you to specify an unorderd or ordered check, and whether to
print various kinds of hints for wrong answers.
The checker can return partial credit, but WW doesn't deal well with
this at the moment (some small changes to Problem.pm can take care of
that). Partial credit should be based on $showPartialCorrectAnswers,
but it is disabled for now.
The list answer checker probably still needs some work, especially
with non-numeric lists.
Revision
2598 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 13 11:42:57 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Removed unneeded macro file.
Revision
2597 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Aug 13 11:38:22 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added answer checker for parallel vectors.
Added option to number checker to have it not report type mismatches
for the known strings (like 'infinity'). (Really need a class for
infinities, and a Value.pm class for strings.)
Revision
2596 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 12 23:11:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Have parser handle infinities better.
Revision
2595 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 12 20:25:55 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated examples and problems.
Examples were modified so that they produce better PDF files (they now
use single-column mode rather than double-column mode).
The samples were renamed so they sort better, and more were added that
show how to use the answer checkers.
Revision
2594 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 12 20:17:18 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixes for handling intervals better. In particular, deal better with
ambiguous situations, like (1,2) that could be a point.
You can use [a,a] to specify the single point a. I'd like to make {a}
represent this (and maybe even {a,b,c} to form finite sets), but this
would interfere with the use of { and } as alternative parentheses.
(Does anyone really use these?)
Do we need a cross product for intervals (and sets) as a means of
representing regions in R^2 (or higher)?
Revision
2593 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 12 16:48:52 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
This is a preliminary attempt at adding answer checkers that use the
parser. If you have a parser object (like a formula or a vector), you
can use the ->cmp method to get an answer checker appropriate for the
object. For example:
Context('Vector');
$v = Vector(1,2,3);
# print text of problem
ANS($v->cmp);
would produce an answer checker that matched against the vector <1,2,3>.
Most of the parameters are set in the Context, but additional ones can
be passed to the checker (this still needs work).
See the sample problems for more examples.
The checkers for Reals, Complexes, Points, Vectors, Matrices and
Intervals work pretty well. The ones for List and Union objects need
more work, as they only do an ORDERED check at the moment (the student
answers must be in the same order). This needs to be fixed.
The checker for Formula objects (which corresponds to fun_cmp) still
needs to be written.
Revision
2592 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Aug 12 16:40:47 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
A number of small fixes. Most were to fix minor bugs in string and
TeX output, particulary for the various list-based objects (like
vectors, intervals, etc.). There were also some bug fixes in the
comparison routines. Some additional checks were added for valid
intervals when the coordinates are formulas.
Revision
2591 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 11 22:16:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Convention of null database fields being converted to blanks made
null/blank date entries for a single user appear to be overrides, which they
aren't.
Revision
2590 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 11 18:02:44 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added Real() command to create fuzzy reals.
Revision
2588 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 10 23:58:01 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
use database-layout-specific helper functions in
WeBWorK::Utils::CourseManagement::*.
Revision
2587 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 10 23:57:24 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
broke out database-layout specific code into separate classes
Revision
2586 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 10 23:55:57 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added comments, backquoted table names.
Revision
2585 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 10 23:55:29 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added comments
Revision
2584 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 10 15:52:05 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added ability to unassign selected sets from selected users
Revision
2583 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Aug 10 11:22:19 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed generation of LaTeX version of sqrt(...).
Revision
2582 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 9 21:43:18 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
One more file needed for the examples.
Revision
2581 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 9 21:42:42 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Minor updates to the parser examples (mostly to reorganize the macro
files). Note that the sample answer checker in extensions/8-answer.pg
now handles fuzzy coordinate checks automatically, since it uses the
overloaded == that now does fuzzy checks.
Revision
2580 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 9 21:38:58 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Forgot to add this file. It implements the "fuzzy real" class.
Revision
2579 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Aug 9 21:38:01 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Significant update to new parser.
New features include:
Better control over format of vector output (you can now
specify ijk-format rather than <...> format)
"Fuzzy" reals, where the relations like == return true when the
two values are "close enough". (This is controlable using
parameters similar to those used in NUM_CMP).
The fuzzy reals are now used in vectors/points/matrices/complexes/intervals
and so on so that their relations will also be fuzzy. E.g.,
(1E-13,2) == (0,3) will be true, and norm(Vector(0,1E-13)) will
equal 0.
The two main portions of the parser (the Parser and Value packages)
now share a common context object for configuration purposes.
Revision
2578 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 4 20:56:02 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed inclusion of wrong macro file in sample5.
Revision
2577 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 4 20:54:35 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added the parser to the preloaded modules list.
Revision
2576 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 4 20:52:28 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make Parser work with PGauxiliaryFunctions.pl, and add the macro files
needed to initialize the parser.
Revision
2575 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 4 20:40:00 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Two more macro files needed for the Parser examples.
Revision
2574 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 4 20:23:11 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make Parser live nicely with Complex1.pm.
In particular, make the i() function determine whether it should
call the Complex::i() function or the Parser version.
Revision
2573 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 4 20:17:21 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
A number of small updates and corrections. Corrected typos in the
documentation, fixed a few items in the samples, added the macros
needed by the samples.
Revision
2572 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Aug 4 17:31:22 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Changed "me" to this problem and fixed bug which appeared if a set_id
started with "set".
Revision
2569 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 31 02:23:09 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
README file for htdocs/tmp
Revision
2565 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 31 02:13:43 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
merged parser extension docs from rel-2-1-a1
Revision
2562 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 30 22:57:25 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Merged changes from the following commit to rel-2-1-a1.
Revision 1.41.2.4, Tue Jul 27 22:36:57 2004 UTC (3 days ago) by gage
Branch: rel-2-1-a1
Changes since 1.41.2.3: +4 -2 lines
Allows .html, .gif, .png, .txt as well as .pg files to be uploaded and
downloaded from the template directory and files under it. Still can't
upload/download to the html directory
This is not a final solution, but a hack that make workarounds for many
operations possible for those who do not have direct unix access. It's
still too clunky, but it's a start.
Revision
2559 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 28 20:45:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
some old, old changes
Revision
2558 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 28 20:32:33 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
merged changes from rel-2-1-a1 -- stop using that branch.
Revision
2557 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 28 20:02:58 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changes from rel-2-0-patches
Revision
2556 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 28 14:55:00 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Minor updates
Arnie
Revision
2553 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 27 19:02:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Better comment about debuging dvipng problems.
Arnie
Revision
2552 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 27 18:57:53 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
change copyright date
Arnie
Revision
2551 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 27 18:50:47 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
updating documentation
Arnie
Revision
2550 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 27 00:14:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
use ww_strict::import(); as per Mike's suggestion
Arnie
Revision
2544 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 21 18:08:39 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
initial version
Arnie
Revision
2542 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 20 23:21:40 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed hashDatabaseOK to actually add problem records for global_user as
well as set records. this is also being committed to the rel-2-0-patches
branch.
Revision
2541 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 20 15:35:21 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
copied dpvc's bug fix for ANS_NUM_TO_NAME.
Arnie
Revision
2540 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 20 14:45:31 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Small chnges
Arnie
Revision
2539 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 19 22:17:46 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
before, after, between did not cover all cases. The choice of the marginal
cases was decided by the best behavior when displaying problems from outside
an actual problem set (in which case the dates may all equal now).
Revision
2538 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 19 19:02:12 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Going back to version 1.19 from PG. Newer versions cause the error
Use of uninitialized value in string eq at (eval 150) line 3457
Arnie
Revision
2537 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 19 18:25:57 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Hack to prevent the following error with some operating systems
Unable to create sub named "Safe::Root2::_PG_init" at /usr/local/webwork/system/courseScripts//WeBWorK/PG/Translator.pm
line 536.
Arnie
Revision
2521 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 16 18:34:46 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
updated release notes, updated dates in copyright notice
Revision
2520 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 16 14:27:33 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
tiny formatting change -- rewrapped comment.
Revision
2519 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 16 02:16:37 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added comment
Revision
2518 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 16 01:32:52 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Will create the tempDirectory if it is missing.
this is useful if, for example, you switch the tmp directory from
webwork2/courses/courseName/html/tmp to something like
/ww/htdocs/tmp/courseName
You don't want to create a courseName node for every course, you would
prefer to create only /ww/htdocs/tmp
the current version will create the node courseName if it doesn't exist
(or the name tmp in the first example) but will not create files
higher up the tree.
Revision
2516 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 16 00:59:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
set default paths to /opt/{webwork2,pg}
Revision
2515 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 15 21:22:42 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
YET ANOTHER CONFIG CHANGE -- PLEASE READ.
This chagne allows command-line scripts to continue to work without
defining a bunch of environment variables. Hopefully this will be the
last change...
Now only $webwork_dir is set in webwork.apache-config. That file then
uses this value to read the course environment and get the rest of the
configuration values that it needs out of global.conf. global.conf now
has variables like $webwork_url, $pg_dir, etc. at the top.
In summary:
* In httpd.conf, include webwork.apache-config.
* In webwork.apache-config set $webwork_dir to the path to webwork2.
* In global.conf, set $webwork_url, $pg_dir, $webwork_htdocs_url,
$webwork_htdocs_dir, $webwork_courses_url, and $webwork_courses_dir.
Revision
2514 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 15 15:17:34 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
update documentation
Arnie
Revision
2513 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 15 13:53:58 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
new name and version of install documentation
Arnie
Revision
2512 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 15 00:13:19 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed field name (it's ANSWER date, not close date!)
Revision
2511 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 14 01:07:55 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
pass equation.dvi instead of equation to dvipng
Arnie
Revision
2510 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 14 00:47:55 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Add PG_environment{onTheFlyImageSize}
Arnie
Revision
2509 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 13 19:43:35 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Change init routine so that it works with Perl 5.8 and 5.6
Arnie
Revision
2508 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 13 04:24:37 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
rearranged to move commonly-changed values closer to the top.
Revision
2507 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 23:38:52 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
name submitAnswers button "Submit Answers for $effectiveUser" if acting
as a student. (as per jj's suggestion -- see bug #541 again.)
Revision
2506 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 23:37:54 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fix error in last commit
Revision
2505 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 22:15:57 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Generalized %can settings in Problem.pm with new permissions. Closes bug
#541. See said bug for more details.
Revision
2504 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 21:49:51 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added light grey background to div.problem. helps to make it clear
what's part of the problem and what isn't. not sure if this is a good
idea UI-wise.
Revision
2503 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 17:55:55 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed spacing in checkconfig message
Revision
2502 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 16:20:41 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed alledgedly unused variables.
Revision
2501 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 16:20:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added comments on how to create an .htaccess file.
Revision
2500 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 16:09:52 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changed default WW directory to $HOME/webwork2
Revision
2499 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 11:29:25 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
lr003k
Original Path:
trunk
new help files
Revision
2498 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 04:23:00 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Applied Bill Wheeler's urgency-sort patch, fixing bug #601.
Revision
2497 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 04:16:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
change name of htpasswd file to .htpasswd (as is typical).
Revision
2496 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 04:15:51 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
"Allow from all" for server-info/server-status in site config. People
can tighten this up by setting up authentication.
Revision
2495 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 04:06:46 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Applied Bill Wheeler's patch to send raw TeX to client as file download.
Fixes bug #589.
Revision
2494 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 03:48:48 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
disable authentication by default, but you should enable it.
Revision
2493 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 02:44:03 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
These files are no longer used. See devel.apache-config and
devel-site.apache-config.
Revision
2492 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 02:43:18 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
DEVEL SYSTEM CONFIG CHANGES - PLEASE READ.
To complement the new Apache/WeBWorK configuration scheme, the
http-wwmp-header.conf and http-wwmp.conf files are being eliminated in
favor of a primarily Perl-based configuration scheme. This reduces
redundancy and allows both development and production system to share a
single "core" WeBWorK configuration file, webwork.apache-config.
The setup is described in the new top-level development server config
file devel.apache-config:
This is an Apache configuration file suitable for use when doing
development on the WeBWorK 2 system. This setup allows each
developer to run an independent Apache server under their own UID,
using their own working copy of the WeBWorK code. The configuration
is split into three parts:
The first part is a site-specific (but user-indepenent) file named
devel-site.apache-config. It contains directives that are common to
all development servers on the same host. The site administrator can
chose to maintain a single copy of this file and have all developers
reference it in a central location.
The second part is the stock webwork.apache-config file that is used
for normal installations. Customize this file, setting the
$webwork_url, $webwork_dir, $pg_dir, etc. appropriatly for your
development server.
The third part is this file. It contains the user-specific
directives that are specific to each developer's server.
Of the two files specific to development server configuration, only
devel-site.apache-config will require modification, and it need be
modified only once per host machine. devel.apache-config uses the UID
and GID and of the user running it, and the values set in
webwork.apache-conf, to configure itself.
wwapachectl has also been modified to refer to devel.apache-config
instead of http-wwmp.conf and streamline its configuration.
Revision
2491 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 02:30:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
MORE CONFIG CHANGES -- PLEASE READ.
I've changed the way WeBWorK is configured yet again. The Apache
configuration for WeBWorK is now done with <Perl> sections. This solves
the problem of "seeding" global.conf with initial values for the various
root directories and base URLs. it also eliminates redundancy in the
Apache configuration file itself.
The Apache configuration for WeBWorK is now contained in the file
conf/webwork.apache-config. This file is used both for normal systems,
where WeBWorK is integrated into the main Apache server, and development
systems, where each developer runs his or her own Apache server.
Inside webwork.apache-config, seven configuation variables are set:
$webwork_url The base URL handled by Apache::WeBWorK.
$webwork_dir The path to the base webwork2 directory.
$pg_dir The path to the base pg directory.
$webwork_htdocs_url The base URL of the WeBWorK htdocs directory.
$webwork_htdocs_dir The path to the WeBWorK htdocs directory.
$webwork_courses_url The base URL of the WeBWorK courses directory.
$webwork_courses_dir The path to the WeBWorK courses directory.
These variables are used to configure the <Location>, Alias, AliasMatch,
and <Directory> directives necessary for WeBWorK operation.
$webwork_root and $pg_root are also used in "use lib" lines to add the
WeBWorK and PG lib directories to @INC.
Additionally, the above values are shared with WeBWorK via the
%WeBWorK::SeedCE hash. WeBWorK.pm passes the contents of this hash
(along with a value for "courseName") to CourseEnvironment.pm when
initializing the course environment. In turn, CourseEnvironment.pm seeds
the course environment namespace with these variables before evaluating
global.conf and course.conf.
Revision
2490 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 01:19:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
some changes from a while ago, never comitted.
Revision
2489 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jul 12 00:49:04 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fix error in feedback link when the server runs ssl (at least for its
standard port).
Revision
2488 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 11 21:36:26 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added better error messages. Removed and extraneous slash.
Revision
2487 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 11 19:41:30 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Restoring gif2png default directory to one appropriate to unix installations
(as opposed to macs). Sorry about that .
Revision
2486 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 21:53:31 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Modified placement of help link for instructor links.
Revision
2485 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 21:45:48 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added hook for help for instructor links.
Revision
2484 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 21:43:56 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Update help files.
Revision
2483 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 18:17:06 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Help for the course home page (Generated by ProblemSets.pm)
Revision
2482 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 18:13:59 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the way scoring files are read so that they work with files uploaded
from Macs.
Revision
2481 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 18:13:10 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added force_eoln() function for converting line endings of a string to unix line endings (\n)
Revision
2480 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 18:11:00 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added help escape handler specialized to handing a url with the
course name in the path. The corresponding help file for this page
is course home.
Revision
2479 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 16:28:56 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
an ugly hack to convince safari to download the damn file! apparently
just sending a "Content-Disposition: attachment" header isn't enough. it
has to be a BINARY FILE! WTF! better solutions welcome.
Revision
2478 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 16:07:02 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
support incremental sending of exported databases (still slow though).
Revision
2477 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 16:05:51 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
replaced !WEBWORK_ROOT! with $webworkRoot.
Revision
2476 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 10 16:05:11 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added support for writing database to stdout if filename is "-".
Revision
2475 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 9 16:48:03 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Intial entry
Revision
2474 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 8 23:27:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Handle case where setID and probNumber are undefined (e.g.
when editing course_info file.)
Revision
2473 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 8 21:38:09 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Properly escape params that are carried through login process.
Fixes bug #598.
Revision
2472 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 8 18:42:01 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Moved "use File::Find" to Instructor.pm, where it is used.
Revision
2470 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 8 15:53:41 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
update copyright notice
Arnie
Revision
2469 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 8 15:29:45 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Create equations directory if it doesn't exist. All directories under
tmp should be recreated if they don't exist.
Arnie
Revision
2468 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 8 15:23:28 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added support for modifying .pg files in the templates directory
Revision
2467 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 8 15:22:55 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Create equations directory if it doesn't exist. All directories under
tmp should be recreated if they don't exist.
Arnie
Revision
2466 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 8 15:19:49 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added use File::Find
Revision
2465 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 8 14:53:47 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added routines allowing the uploading, downloading and deletion of
.pg files under the templates directory. Links are not followed.
It's probable that more checks and user interface messages will be
needed.
Revision
2464 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 8 14:27:46 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
initial entry
Arnie
Revision
2463 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 8 14:03:28 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Bring up to date
Arnie
Revision
2462 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 22:45:40 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added a space between words in message output to the screen.
Revision
2461 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 21:26:52 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Change permission of tmp files so that they can be removed.
Arnie
Revision
2460 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 21:13:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Make tmp files removable
Arnie
Revision
2459 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 20:21:21 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Bring ImageGenerator upto essentailly version 1.8
Arnie
Revision
2458 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 20:19:46 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
change tmp directory, pass arguments to ImageGenerator.pm
Arnie
Revision
2457 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 18:57:15 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Preliminary versions of help files.
Revision
2456 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 18:42:03 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
The bread crum path at the top leads back to the problem being edited, not to
the Instructor Tool. This is at least reasonable behavior.
This fixes bug #596
--Mike
Revision
2455 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 18:15:20 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Don't show unpublished sets in the siblings list (unless of course
you have permission to see unpublished sets. (published == visible, unpublished == hidden)
This might be a little slow if there is a very long list of sibling sets.
Each set has to be checked to see if it is published.
Revision
2454 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 17:51:05 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
use global_user for both login and studeent ID
Arnie
Revision
2453 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 17:22:05 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
set student_id == user_id for non-student users. this will help prevent
inadvertant collisions, as we're no longer making up fake student IDs.
Revision
2452 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 17:14:09 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
use global_user for login and change studentID to GlobalUserID
Arnie
Revision
2451 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 16:28:20 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Add globalUser to default classlist
Arnie
Revision
2450 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 14:37:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the misnamed problem_header to hardcopy_header which is a more accurate
description of the variables use.
Hardcopy.pm now consults hardcopy_header as opposed to set_header
This addresses some of the concerns in bug #556
Revision
2449 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 11:35:34 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added
\setcounter{page}{1}%
to these two pages.
This addresses bug #593
Revision
2448 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jul 7 04:06:35 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to latest jsMath. This one includes a fallback character
mapping for unix (though it is not perfect, it should help). See the
jsMath home page for some information about how to install the TeX
fonts for use with unix.
Revision
2447 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 6 21:53:10 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added comments that show how variables in global.conf correspond
to variables defined in the the httpd.conf file.
Revision
2446 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 6 21:23:58 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed call to hasPermissions.
Revision
2445 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 6 21:21:20 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Allow psvn to equal 0. It could happen in situations where a problem
isn't really assigned to the person.
Revision
2444 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 6 16:12:09 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changed "save options" to "apply options". fixes bug #586.
Revision
2443 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jul 6 15:16:51 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Allow new option for image. extra_html_tags are added to the img tag of the
image. Allows you to control the vertical alignment of an image.
Revision
2442 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 4 14:04:24 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed docs, resolving bug #588.
Revision
2441 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jul 4 02:08:28 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
URL for jsMath and asciimath was incorrectly set during the
reorganization.
Revision
2440 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 3 17:29:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
get dvipng settings from new place in CE
Revision
2439 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 3 17:29:12 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
formatting
Revision
2438 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 3 17:21:27 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
BIG CHANGES -- PLEASE READ.
- Changed the format of global.conf so that each setting is its own
statement. This makes it easier for users to override settings for a
course -- they can simply copy the single line from global.conf and
change the value. It also makes it easier to talk about individual
values in documentation.
- Commented each value with a description and advice. Finally! Yay!
- Moved the dvipng options to a new subhash of %pg. They are now in
$pg{displayModeOptions}{images}. Modified PG.pm and Problem.pm to match.
The next step is to do some organizaitonal work on this file so that the
most-chagned options are near the top.
Please tell me if you experience any problems as a result of these
changes! (Or better yet, submit at patch!)
Revision
2437 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jul 3 17:13:29 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changed the way invalid courses are detected. $ce->{'!'} is no longer
used. also, if CE initialization throws an exception, it is caught and
labeled as a problem with CE init.
Revision
2436 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 2 20:39:12 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed uninitialized value. (It comes into play when there are no
answers required, as is true for some problems in tour orientation set.)
Revision
2435 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jul 2 20:31:33 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fix uninitialized value. (It comes into play if a problem doesn't
have any answer blanks. We have these in our orientation set.)
Revision
2434 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 1 23:35:22 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
replaced remaining DECLINEs with explicit error messages.
Revision
2433 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 1 21:24:35 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changed error output to label error as a webwork error.
Revision
2432 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 1 20:40:24 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
cosmetic changes to check_modules.pl
Revision
2431 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 1 20:31:13 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Provide mechanism for adding extra problem library buttons
to the Library Browser.
These changes allow you to specify (via course.conf or global.conf)
that certain subdirectories of the templates directory are to have
separate buttons in the top panel of the Set Maker. These buttons
only appear if the directories actually exist, and any other
directories are listed in the "Local Problems" button as usual. If
the list of these directories is empty (the default), then the results
are just like they currently are, but it allows one more level of
separation of the hierarchy for those who want it.
The idea is to make symbolic links to the problem libraries from
Rochester, ASU, etc., and have separate buttons for these. This
avoids having one monster menu with all the problems in it. (Of
course, you could make buttons for any directories you want.) There
are instructions in global.conf.dist that exmplain how to do configure
this.
Revision
2430 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 1 18:46:55 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed deprecated mksqldb utility. use new addcourse utility instead.
Revision
2429 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jul 1 16:37:39 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Adjusted test for whether a value is really an override. Before it was
just whether the value was defined, but now we automatically promote
undef to empty strings.
Revision
2428 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 30 20:47:29 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Made adjustment analogous to what is in StudentProgress. Without it,
you get "" used in addition errors.
Revision
2427 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 30 20:23:47 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed "last" variables that were not being passed back from
the table row routine (where they are changed).
Revision
2426 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 30 15:18:49 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
Error.pm will now serve as 404 not found page
so far only used for bad course names
fedhecks for bad course names
should work now for ww1 courses (bug #584)
Cvs: ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision
2425 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 30 15:15:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
fixed checks for bad course names
should work now for ww1 courses (bug #584)
Revision
2424 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 30 01:26:46 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added README file mostly to prevent this directory from being pruned
when -P, -r, or -D is given.
Revision
2423 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 29 23:20:42 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Updated to v1.4 of jsMath. This includes a number of improvements
(see the jsMath home page for details). Among these are spacing
improvements, support for more LaTeX commands (including sizing
commands like \tiny, \large, etc), better handling of unicode
characters when the TeX fonts aren't available (on the Mac), and some
speed improvement with some browsers.
Revision
2422 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 28 14:31:40 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Improved logic from last fix - declaring problems from outside setmaker to
be invalid if they have no global problem.
Revision
2421 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 28 14:26:10 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug 583.
Revision
2420 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 26 21:56:44 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Most of the work for adjusting vertical alignment of images is here.
Revision
2419 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 26 21:07:20 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Pass more arguments to imagegenerator for image alignment.
Revision
2418 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 26 20:44:54 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Minor additions so that ImageGenerator can get image alignment right.
Revision
2417 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 26 20:40:17 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added comments on how to make a mysql database for dvipng depths.
Revision
2416 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 26 16:14:26 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Removed short-lived code for putting javascript tags into html page.
Revision
2415 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 26 16:12:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Altered course in how to set vertical alignment of images, so this
undoes calls for javascript, and passes more arguments to imagegenerator
(which can be used someday soon).
Revision
2414 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 26 00:00:01 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added generation of javascript commands to align dvipng images, when
requested.
Revision
2413 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 25 23:56:56 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added variables for controlling vertical alignment of dvipng images. You
can choose your favorite constant value like baseline or absmiddle, or give
parameters for a mysql database to hold vertical offsets for individualized
alignments.
Revision
2412 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 25 23:53:23 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added utility function for producing javascript commands for vertical
alignment of dvipng images.
Revision
2411 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 25 18:37:37 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Report number of images removed, improved behavior when the user specifies
both --remove and --report, die if you don't have permissions to remove an
image, and removed comments.
Revision
2410 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 25 16:29:20 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added comment on how to skip the equation cache.
Revision
2409 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 25 16:27:55 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Allow option of not using the cache. If its path is the empty string, then
we just return the md5 hash of the latex string followed by a 1.
Revision
2408 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 25 16:23:38 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Script for removing dvipng images matching various date criteria.
Revision
2407 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 25 15:31:21 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Changed suggested dvipng args for versions >= 1.0 to capture vertical
alignment information.
Revision
2406 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 25 15:18:18 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Loas IO.pl in 3 places
Arnie
Revision
2405 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 25 15:17:52 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Load IO.pl. Also log answers in show past answers only if answers are submitted
and not anonymous (i.e. don't log answers if students only previews and don't log
questionnaire responses).
Arnie
Revision
2404 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 25 15:15:17 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Add PG_environment{mailSmtpSender}
Arnie
Revision
2403 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 25 15:02:09 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
slight changes
Arnie
Revision
2402 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 25 14:54:55 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Transfering files from pg directory back into courseScripts
Arnie
Revision
2401 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 25 14:39:34 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Transfering files from pg directory back into courseScripts
Arnie
Revision
2400 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 25 12:32:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed error in ANS_NUM_TO_NAME.
Revision
2398 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 25 00:09:18 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added permissions checks
fixed bad logic on bad set/problem in URL as professor
minor cosmetic changes
Revision
2397 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 25 00:08:46 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added permissions checks
Revision
2396 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 24 22:07:22 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Moved the <BR> in std_print_q from the beginning of a line to the end
of a line. This prevents unexpected initial blank lines.
Revision
2395 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 24 21:10:50 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Make the spacing a little smaller, and make a break above the rule
more desirable, while disallowing one after the rule.
Revision
2394 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 24 21:06:22 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Moved problem-separation snippet to ABOVE the problem (to get the
line above the first problem and simultaneously avoid having to check
for being the last problem).
Also put the correct answers in verbatim mode to avoid having to make
and-hoc adjustments to the answer string (the result will be exactly
what the instructor typed, no matter what).
This also avoids a problem when the correct answer begins with "[",
where LaTeX would think this was part of an optional parameter to
\item and either eat the answer (up to the "]") or fail to run
entirely (if the answer were "[1,infinity)" for example).
If you don't like the verbatim, you can take it out, but then add {}
or \relax after the \item to avoid this problem.
Revision
2393 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 24 21:01:23 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Removed the experimental Parser-based implementations of i(), j() and k().
(sorry about that).
Revision
2392 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 24 21:00:26 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Removed skip and rule from problem header generated in TeX mode here,
and let the snippets handle it (they were producing redundent rules).
Also removed some unwanted spaces in htmllink().
(Accidentally committed experimental change to dangerousMacros.pl, and
don't know how to prevent it at this point, so I'll commit a change
back to the original in a moment.)
Revision
2391 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 24 20:54:52 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
exported database now has content type "application/xml".,
Revision
2390 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 24 20:54:19 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed incorrect "$r->status(OK)" line from reply_with_file. also
removed unused REPORT_BUGS_URL constant and reformatted remaining
constants.
Revision
2389 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 24 18:13:33 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Removed extra spaces from around dvipng images.
(These can cause bad line breaks, e.g. between mathematics and the
punctuation that follows.)
Revision
2388 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 24 18:08:43 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added default from, reply-to and subject values.
The subject probably needs improvement, but will do for now.
Revision
2387 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 24 18:07:13 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Avoid error messages for problem values that are blank.
Revision
2385 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 24 17:44:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
handle PRINT_FILE_NAMES_FOR.
Revision
2384 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 24 17:43:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
email handling. add email to user record, allowedRecipients, and
feedbackRecipients. Add userIDs of all added users to
PRINT_FILE_NAMES_FOR.
Revision
2383 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 24 17:22:44 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
put helpMacro with the macros, use CE bugReporter URL.
Revision
2382 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 24 17:22:02 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
indentation fix
Revision
2381 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 24 17:21:23 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added bugReporter URL
Revision
2380 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 24 16:59:30 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
cosmetic changes
Revision
2379 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 23 23:11:03 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
improved error handling, made SQL statements more robust.
Revision
2378 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 23 23:10:44 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
cleaned up form layout and improved error handling. also, instead of
having a separate set of field
for the "admin user", implemented an option to "add the WeBWorK
administrators to the new course".
Revision
2377 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 23 23:09:45 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
no change
Revision
2376 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 23 21:04:17 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added permissions for
viewing multiple sets
viewing unpublished sets
viewing unopened sets
viewing answers before the answer date
Revision
2375 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 23 20:45:01 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
fail on bad course names
Revision
2374 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 23 19:20:20 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
made SQL statements more robust (fixes #577), improved error handling.
Revision
2373 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 23 19:19:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added check for a course already existing
Revision
2372 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 23 19:19:02 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added QuellSubroutineOutput to WeBWorK::Debug
Revision
2371 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 23 01:19:56 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
moved DISPLAY_MODE_FAILOVER to PGbasicmacros
Revision
2370 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 23 01:19:15 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
moved DISPLAY_MODE_FAILOVER into this file
Revision
2369 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 23 01:18:58 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
ImageGenerator is now using WeBWorK::Constants
Revision
2368 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 23 00:37:41 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
now using WeBWorK::Debug instead of built-in debug() function.
Revision
2367 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 23 00:37:18 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
This module provides the function debug(). It conveniently writes
debugging output to STDERR or a logfile (if the $Logfile constant is
non-empty). It can be turned on and off with the $Enabled constnat.
This module should be used in place of warn() for any debugging output.
warn() should only be used for non-fatal errors that we want the user to
see, not informational status messages.
Revision
2366 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 23 00:33:41 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
updated timing to use $Enabled and $Logfile constants.
Revision
2365 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 23 00:33:05 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
preliminary Constants module. Currently holds configuration constants
for WeBWorK::Debug, WeBWorK::Timing, and WeBWorK::PG::ImageGenerator. It
is loaded by WeBWorK.pm.
I'm taking suggestions for what additional items to add to it.
Revision
2364 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 22 19:13:58 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Fix things so that jsMath and asciiMath work
Arnie
Revision
2363 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 22 18:03:07 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
When using the imageCache (which is always), put images into subdirectories
based on the first two characters of their md5 hash.
Revision
2362 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 22 17:13:46 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added stub for new constants file
Revision
2361 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 22 17:01:31 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
TODO: write this, use it for info boxes
Revision
2360 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 22 16:59:53 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
a comment
Revision
2359 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 22 16:55:13 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
not used anymore
Revision
2358 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 21 22:40:43 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
add jsmath and asciiMathML modes to WW1.9
Arnie
Revision
2357 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 21 22:38:50 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
removed unused subroutine html_top which caused warning message
Arnie
Revision
2356 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 21 20:11:58 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
fixed permission check
Revision
2355 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 21 19:51:49 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
redid permissions checks
stopped professor from deleting or altering own record
(to avoid accidentally locking oneself out of a course)
Added column for login status
Revision
2354 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 21 19:07:08 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changing cosmetics in code (PG.pm) and the listing of links
(ContentGenerator)
Revision
2353 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 19 16:57:36 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This is a working version of the daemon
Revision
2352 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 18 21:27:56 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
replaced bad use of next with an if-else block
Revision
2351 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 18 20:48:46 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added export functionality with new export mode
redid permissions checks with hash
took out links for users that don't have permissions to view the linked pages
Revision
2350 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 18 18:52:22 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug that logged answers when students were just previewing.
Also fixed strange behavior involving previewing and sticcky answers
Arnie
Revision
2349 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 18 14:11:28 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added permissions checks
removed unnecssary code/comments
fixed minor bug on invalid problem
Revision
2348 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 17 20:11:17 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
optimized the hell out of the database checking code
Revision
2347 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 17 20:10:58 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added getAllPSVNs() method
Revision
2346 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 17 20:10:18 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
moved creating of timing object up so we can use it sooner
Revision
2345 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 17 20:02:12 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
apizer
Original Path:
trunk
Changed pacckage name from strict to ww_strict per Sam's suggestion
to prevent redefining warnings.
Arnie
Revision
2342 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 17 18:12:56 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
removed accidental submission of OptionList (not yet ready for use)
Revision
2341 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 17 17:40:51 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
re-added case for "edit_set_for_user", accidentally removed in last
revision.
Revision
2340 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 17 16:52:24 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
A better fix for the "add user" link problem.
this still calls AddUser module. That will soon
be replaced by a call to UserList module once
Robert is done with his work.
--Mike
Revision
2339 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 17 16:36:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Replaced hardwiring of mth143b by courseName in "add user" link.
this piece of code still needs work. It should be a button not a link.
Revision
2338 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 17 14:35:05 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added permissions checks
it may be necessary to give someone (like a TA) that does not have
the ability to assign sets, the ability to view how sets/users are
assigned for troubleshooting purposes but for now, they cannot
Revision
2330 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 16 18:26:59 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added countUserSets method
Revision
2329 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 16 18:21:10 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Searches for some of the executables such as dvipng and tth as well
Revision
2328 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 16 17:13:28 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
check for both definedness and non-emptiness when merging fields.
Revision
2327 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 16 16:56:51 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added permissions checks
Revision
2326 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 16 15:22:08 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added permissions checks
Revision
2325 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 16 02:13:44 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added permission level for reporting bugs.
Revision
2324 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 16 02:00:35 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Updated ur.template to go with changes in "link"
Revision
2323 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 16 01:59:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
My latest effort at a list of links. The "Add User" function can be accessed
from the Instructor Tools page or from the Class List Editor page
Revision
2322 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 16 01:58:03 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
First and last names of new instructor as inserted in the new course.
The list of courses one can use as a template is not alphabetized.
Revision
2321 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 16 01:27:07 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added hack for allowing exporting of set definition files.
If there is a conflict the earlier files are backed up. So set 0 is
always exported to set0.def and a previous set0.def file moves to
set0.def.bak. There is only one backup.
The messages need work and the utilities, particularly saveProblem should be
moved to the Utils files.
--Mike
Revision
2320 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 15 20:43:53 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added permissions checks
Revision
2319 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 15 18:55:26 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
getMerged* now use the global value when a field is empty ("") rather
than when a field is undefined.
Revision
2318 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 15 18:53:51 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
promote undefined values to "" in gets() and getAll().
Revision
2317 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 15 18:47:07 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
promote undefined values to "" in hash2record().
Revision
2316 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 15 15:23:52 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
lr003k
Original Path:
trunk
new help file
Revision
2315 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 15 14:55:04 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
fixed reference to $webworkURL in comments at top of file.
Revision
2314 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 15 14:46:37 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Closed up the two lines of instruction at the top of the page
Added a link to "Add users". will eventually modify this to
a button so that it matches the rest of the page.
Revision
2313 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 14 22:59:22 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added database checking logic. if database is not ok, CG is set to
FixDB.
Revision
2312 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 14 22:58:55 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added hashDatabaseOK() function to check and repair hash-based databases
from webwork 1. can add global user and assign sets to global user.
Revision
2311 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 14 22:56:42 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
this module summarizes database problems and gives professors a chance
to fix them.
Revision
2310 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 14 22:55:52 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
updated instructions on how to set the database layout in course.conf.
Revision
2309 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 14 22:55:05 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added fix_course_databases capability
Revision
2308 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 14 22:18:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added permissions checks
Revision
2307 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 14 22:00:49 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added permissions checks
Revision
2306 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 14 21:41:15 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added permissions checks
newly formatted for readability
Revision
2305 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 14 20:58:17 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added permissions checks
Revision
2304 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 14 20:30:30 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added permissions checks
Revision
2303 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 14 20:23:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added permissions checks
Revision
2302 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 14 19:51:09 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added permission checks
Revision
2301 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 14 18:04:33 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added authorization checks
Revision
2300 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 13 01:30:23 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Make comparison of first
and last names fail silently if they don't exist.
Changed the formatting of the add course form
Revision
2299 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 13 01:29:03 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the formatting of the add course form
Revision
2297 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 13 00:20:39 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Adding documentation for new Parser
Revision
2293 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 11 16:44:38 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added a few more macros to jsMath, and increased the font size a little.
Revision
2292 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 11 16:40:44 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed a bug in jsMath mode where it would not display < (when it looked like
part of a tag).
Also, removed unwanted spaced around input box.
Revision
2291 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 11 15:47:01 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
When editting a problem, you now have the option of adding it to an
existing set.
Revision
2290 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 11 15:05:16 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
changed problem header to paper header
fixed minor bug in importing a set
Revision
2289 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 11 14:38:58 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
fixed bad comparison that failed on set named '0'
Revision
2288 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 10 16:30:46 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
reworked error messages
Revision
2287 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 10 14:19:23 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
lr003k
Original Path:
trunk
added a constant displayModeFailover to the global environment to make webwork 1.9 work with changes to pgbasicmacros.
Revision
2286 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 9 21:41:30 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
new icon for editing users/sets
Revision
2285 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 9 21:40:36 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
minor UI tweaks
added icon for editing sets/users
Revision
2284 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 9 02:57:15 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Use new utility function for adding problems to a set (when importing a set).
Revision
2283 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 9 02:51:57 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Make use of new utility function for adding a problem to a set.
Revision
2282 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 9 02:51:30 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added a utility function for adding a problem to a set, to be called from
several instructor modules.
Revision
2281 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 8 20:03:10 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changed default globalUserID to "global_user"
Revision
2280 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 8 19:11:39 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
upped viewing threshold to 50
made new/imported sets default to unpublished
Revision
2279 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 8 17:13:45 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
removed ability to delete "visible" users
change red background to ResultsWithError class
CVS ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision
2278 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 8 17:07:33 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
changed visable to visible. Closes #554.
Revision
2277 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 8 02:06:32 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Reformatted the FUNCTION_CMP subroutine to make it more readable. Also,
one functional change:
< (defined ($inputs_ref->{$prev_ans_label} and $inputs_ref->{$prev_ans_label} =~/\S/) )
> (defined $inputs_ref->{$prev_ans_label} and $inputs_ref->{$prev_ans_label} =~/\S/)
I think the latter was what was intended.
Revision
2276 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 8 01:10:27 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added check for well-formed course IDs. closes bug #504.
Revision
2275 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 8 00:04:45 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
removed debug output. fixes bug #542.
Revision
2274 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 7 23:53:45 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
got rid of remaining calls to "wwerror". Fixes bug #530.
Revision
2273 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 7 23:00:01 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
added README file mostly to prevent this directory from being pruned
when -P, -r, or -D is given.
Revision
2272 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 7 20:38:01 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
added scoring ability
fixed permission tests
Revision
2271 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 7 19:34:36 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Set names might contain underscores, so they need to be protected in hardcopy
output.
Revision
2270 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 7 11:52:47 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Removed redundant HTML_jsMath check.
Revision
2269 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 7 02:50:52 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Added success message when creating a new set. Also,
added requested feature - when creating a new set, allow the user to assign
it to themselves. This is done through javascript. Only users with js
turned on get it, but it is kind of a frill. Non-js users see just the old
behavior.
Revision
2268 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 7 02:13:27 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
Added timeout alarm (currently set to 5 munites). Fixes bug #511.
Revision
2267 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 7 01:34:34 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added jsMath support to these files.
Basically, HTML_jsMath should do whatever HTML_dpng mode does. I simply included
it HTML_jsMath every time HTML_dpng appeared.
Revision
2266 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 7 01:31:33 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
dpvc
Original Path:
trunk
Added more LaTeX commands to jsMath.
In particular:
\begin{array}...\end{array}
\begin{cases}...\end{cases}
\sqrt[n]{...}
\mathbb{...}
and a few other ones to avoid error messages.
Revision
2265 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Mon Jun 7 00:23:00 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
sh002i
Original Path:
trunk
changed erronious == to eq. fixes bug #546.
Revision
2264 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 6 21:03:54 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Changed Current Set to Target Set (hopefully more intuitive), and changed Top
to My Problems, also hopefully more intuitive for non-unix users.
Revision
2263 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 6 03:04:27 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed question mark image.
It's smaller now.
Revision
2262 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 6 02:50:24 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Default for help symbol when there is no helpfile present.
Revision
2261 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 6 02:49:11 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Tweaked the position of the help question mark. Better default
addresses for link.
Revision
2260 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 6 02:48:00 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
More tweaking for the position of the help question mark.
This is much better. It now has default names equal to the
title page name, lower case, spaces replaced by under bars.
Revision
2259 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 6 00:22:28 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Image for help link.
Revision
2258 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 6 00:21:50 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Add minimal support for a help symbol to appear on each page.
Revision
2257 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 6 00:21:26 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added minimal version of a help symbol that will appear on each page.
The CSS at the top of the page needs work, so that not so much space is used.
Revision
2256 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sun Jun 6 00:20:14 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added comments -- should we enter the contact person as a student in the admin class
so that we can use the email facility to contact people hosted on this server?
Revision
2255 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 5 19:20:13 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
If there is an error, other than "course exists" then the directory tree
is cleared. This corrects a behavior in which the creation of the new
course would fail half way through, but the directory tree would remain
-- this made it appear as if the course existed.
-- This fix is still somewhat fragile.
Revision
2254 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 5 19:18:37 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed the layout of the form so that optional items are listed last.
Revision
2253 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Sat Jun 5 16:13:33 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Allow on-the-fly graphics in jsmath and asciimath modes.
Revision
2252 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 4 23:21:48 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Allow students to check answers between the due date and the answer date. This doesn't let them see the correct answers, but it does let them enter values to see if those are right without recording them.
Revision
2251 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 4 21:40:07 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug 545. Make Problem.pm preserve its state of problem seed when that value was being overridden.
Revision
2250 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Fri Jun 4 19:10:30 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed the following bug: if you change a student's status on a problem to 1 and give them a correct attempt, but then go to the stats page or student progress page, you won't see the change. The reason is that those pages check "attempted" which cannot be changed through this page directly. Now this page updates attemted fields based on if (correct+incorrect attempts) > 0.
Revision
2249 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 3 21:20:07 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
minor changes to UI
Revision
2248 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 3 19:58:00 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
rewrote much of the HTML code
changed table layout
Revision
2247 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 3 19:38:45 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
fixed code order to avoid invalid call to published field
on a non-existant set
Fixes #543.
Revision
2246 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Thu Jun 3 18:54:51 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
complete rewrite based on UserList
next step is to abstract similarities
Revision
2245 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 2 23:32:56 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Made the list of problems more readable by using center alignment in the columns.
Revision
2244 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 2 20:28:23 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
toenail
Original Path:
trunk
fixed display of published/unpublished text
Revision
2243 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 2 20:18:48 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Fixed bug which caused some debug output to always appear.
Revision
2242 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 2 18:21:38 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Changed formatting of the "Add course" sub page.
When a new course is created the course name, id, institution and so forth
are logged in hosted_courses.log in admin/logs
This logging facility must be defined in the admin/course.conf file.
--Mike
Revision
2241 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Wed Jun 2 14:54:26 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Rearranged stats table. "good" results are now always to the right
(high scores, low number of attempts).
Use dashes when numbers are repeated in order to prevent confusion.
Revision
2240 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 1 15:06:23 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
This is currently a version of ShowAnswers.pm the plan is to evolve this
so that one can view the Past answers log from a variety of views.
--Mike
Revision
2239 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 1 14:50:38 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
I don't think that anything has changed with this submission. I'm overriding
a binary temp file.
--Mike
Revision
2238 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 1 14:44:17 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
gage
Original Path:
trunk
Added hooks for Preflight
-- Mike
Revision
2237 -
Directory Listing
Modified
Tue Jun 1 14:42:26 2004 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by
jj
Original Path:
trunk
Command line script to set a password, analogous to the WW 1 script. The name is slightly different in case you need both available.
